HomeMy WebLinkAbout168787 GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION - CONTRACT - BID - 5748 GARDENS ON SPRING CREEKCity of Fort Collins
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 4
BID #5748
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5748 Gardens on Spring Creek
OPENING DATE: December 3, 2002, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the
following changes are hereby made.
1.) Utility Plan; Sheet C105. Delete fire hydrant (and all appurtenances), at front entrance,
installed at main off Centre Avenue to include: approximately 205 feet DIP, tapping
saddle, thrust blocks, gate valves, swivel tees, asphalt cut and asphalt patch.
2.) Landscape Plan; sheet LP101. Plant sizes in regard to Contractor provided plants as
designated on this drawing shall be as follows: deciduous trees to be 1.5" caliper with the
following exception.
Black Maple (ANI) Acer Nigra, and, Bur Oak (QMA) Quercus Macrocarpa to be 2" caliper.
Evergreen trees to be a minimum of 6 feet. Shrubs to be 5 gallon.
3.) SECTION 02940 — SEEDING; Part 2, 2.2 Soil Amendment, A. Compost: add #6. Contractor
will provide ground preparation and soil amendment to total selected areas of not more than
71,300 square feet.
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
B. Drain Valves: Drains are to be provided from any possible low point in the
system and are to consist of 1/4" brass angle valves unless otherwise
noted. Drain piping is to be furnished so that no drain water runs out on
top of the deck plate, but either under deck plate, or directly into the
trench drain or wet well. They include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Provide drain in the pump discharge manifold between pump
check valves and control valve.
2. Provide 3/4" brass hose bib in the discharge piping to function as
a washdown connection and also function as a drain.
C. Check Valves: Pump check valves shall be of the silent operating, non -
slam type, cast iron bodied with bronze and stainless steel trim. Sealing
surfaces shall utilize resilient Buna N rubber. The valve design shall
incorporate a center guided, spring, loaded poppet, guided at opposite
ends and having a short linear stroke that generates a flow area equal to
the pipe diameter. Valves shall be sized to permit full pump capacity to
discharge through them without exceeding a pressure drop of 2.5 PSI.
Furnish check valves on the discharge of each pump.
D. Isolation Valves: Valves shall be butterfly type with the position lever or
gear hand wheels and rated at 200 psi WOG working pressure. Trim
shall include stainless steel stem, bronze streamlined disc, and full faced
resilient seat. Isolation valves shall be installed on the discharge side of
each pump. The pump system shall also be furnished with a main station
isolation valve located in the discharge manifold.
E. Pressure Relief Valve: Furnish pressure relief valve and bypass piping to
wet well installed on the discharge piping upstream of the pressure
regulating valve. Size pressure relief valve to bypass sufficient water to
avoid operating pumps at or near shut off head conditions.
2.08 GAUGES:
Gauges and switch gauges shall be isolated from all electrical switch gear and
control panels. Gauges shall be provided at appropriate locations to read inlet
pressure and discharge manifold pressure. Switch gauges shall be 4" diameter
vibration/pulsation dampened. Pressure gauges shall be 2.5" diameter, glycerin
filled, with ANSI Class B accuracy. Install ball valves to provide total isolation of
all pressure gauges.
2.09 ELECTRICAL:
A. Electrical Supply: The power supply to the station shall be three phase,
208 volt, 60 hertz, for full voltage across the line motor starting.
O'Connor R & D Building
Description:
New 2-story Office/Warehouse Building
City:
Louisville
Contract Amount:
$ 4,664,000
Project Size:
106,000 sf
Completion Date:
May 2002
Architect:
Intergroup
Architect Phone:
303-738-8877
Owner:
O'Connor Development
Address:
6685 Gunpark Drive, Suite 210
Boulder, Colorado 80301
Owner Contact:
Frank Marceau
Phone:
303-443-4575
Sandstone Ranch Phase 2
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone:
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact:
Phone:
Fukaye Athletic Fields
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact:
Phone:
140 Acre Site Development
Longmont
$5,800,000
140 Acre Site Development and Civil Work
March 2003
75%
Aller-Lingle Architects
970-223-1820
City of Longmont
747 Coffman Street
Longmont, CO 80504
Paula Fitzgerald
303-651-8448
Athletic Fields
Thornton
$2,557,652
25 Acre Park
November 2002
60%
Design Concepts CLA, Inc.
303-664-5301
City of Thornton
9500 Civic Center Drive
Thornton, Colorado 80229
Jim Jensen
303-538-7332
Jeff Nading
President
BS Construction Engineering 1980, Iowa State University
16 Years President / Vice President
6 Years Project Manager /Estimator
3 Years General Superintendent
As President of GTC, Jeff Nading is responsible for the overall success of the company. Jeff s
unique blend of project experience from various management positions allows him to be
focused and disciplined on each project. A firm believer in team construction, Jeff leads his
project teams to exceed the clients expectations.
Select Experience
Church Ranch Office Park Bldg. 4
Description: 122,823 sf Core and Shell with
30,565 sf Parking Garage
Value: $8,437,079
Completion: August 2001
Reference: Etkin Johnson Group
Jim Vasbinder
303-629-5212
Great Western Park
Bankers Life Renovation
Boulder Community Hospital Medical Office Building
Church Ranch Office Center Bldgs 1- 4
First Bank Branch Buildings -10 Locations
Swedish Medical Office Buildings
Longmont Food Addition and Freezer Renovation
Boulder HighAddition/Renovation
Church Ranch Business Center I and II
11 th and Spruce Parking Structure
Vail Gateway Plaza
Church Ranch Office Park Building 2
References
Jim Vasbinder - Etkin Johnson Group
Charlie McKay - Church Ranch Corporate Center
Stanford Lee -1 st Bank Holding Company
$ 4,823,000
$10,200,000
$ 9,118,000
$ 8,628,607
$ 7,600,000
$ 7,779,000
$ 6,200,000
$ 6,000,000
$ 7,049,000
$ 4,800,000
$ 4,600,000
$ 3,820,049
303-629-5354
303-469-1873
303-235-1459
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
Jeff Dingwall
Vice President
BS Construction Engineering 1983, Iowa State University
6 Years Vice President
12 Years Project Management /Project Engineering
4 Years Superintendent
As Vice President of Operations, Jeff takes charge of all field related issues of quality and safety.
His 22 years of experience ensures even the most difficult projects are completed on time.
Select Experience
Parkway Center North
Buildings 1 - 6
Description:
6 New Core and Shell Office
Buildings Totaling 57,527 sf
Value:
$6,748,193
Completion:
March 2001
Reference:
GH5 Limited Liability Company
Steve Gittleman
303-839-4422
Standley Lake Marketplace
Description: Five New Retail Buildings
Totaling 54,565 sf
Value: $3,316,239
Completion: February 2000
Reference: S/S Landholders
Steve Gittleman
303-296-9392
Regis University Student Housing
Creekside Office Court on Inverness
Glendale Educational Complex, Recreational and Educational Facility
Creekside On Inverness - Seven New Buildings and Sitework
Roosevelt Park Five Building Additions and a 23.78 Acre Park Renovation
Diagonal Marketplace/Office Max
Countryside Village Phase I and 11 Retail Center
Gateway Plaza
References
Steve Gittleman, Gittleman Properties
Judy Nicholson, Brighton School District
$8,100,000
$5,300,000
$2,700,000
$5,300,000
$6,400,000
$1,756,000
$1,090,000
$1,054,630
303-839-4422
303-655-2900
n s GTC
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
Henry Zurbrugg
Vice President of Estimating
Masters Degree Architectural Project Management 1991,
Federal Department of Industry, Trade and Labor Switzerland
BS in Architecture, Department of Education, Switzerland
2 Years Vice President
18 Years Project Management
In charge of GTC's estimating department, Henry does an excellent job helping owners and
architects understand the initial total project costs. His experience as a builder is invaluable
to the accuracy of his estimates.
Select Experience
McCaslin Plaza
Description Three New Retail Buildings
Totaling 18,583 sf
Contract Total $1,908,842
Completed March 2000
Reference: O'Connor Development
Frank Marceau
303-443-4575
Eldora Mountain Ski Resort
Description:
Central Skiers Services Bldg.
Value:
$2,187,285
Completion:
October 2001
Reference:
Eldora, LLC
Rick Gregorio
303-440-8700
Girls Treatment Center - State of Colorado
Nederland Bus Terminal
NiwotAthletic Park - St. Wain Valley School District
Front Range Community College StudentActivity Center
Columbine Elementary - St. Wain Valley School District
References
Frank Marceau, O'Connor Development
Andy Cookler
$5,248,000
$ 446,028
$2,3 80,000
$2,320,000
$ 949,381
303-443-4575
303-258-3577
GTC
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
Attachment "E"
GTC Licenses'
City / Town
Type
Expiration Date
Number
Arvada
I B
12/15/02
1 B-0301
Aurora
A
8/1/03
2002 136480 00 CL
Boulder
A
4/28/03
LIC - 0002487-07
Brighton
A
10/2/03
1653
Broomfield
A
12/31/02
A2002-259
Pikes Peak
B 1
2/28/03
13568
Commerce City
A Unlim
12/31/02
100224
Denver
A
2/28/03
20169
Douglas County
3/18/03
A97365
Englewood
A
12/15/02
13045
Fort Collins
5 story
12/25/03
B-298
Frederick
12/31/02
02-094
Greeley
Concrete and Paving
12/30/02
11189
Lafayette
A
6/30/03
L00-151
Lakewood
Struct-Lim Comm
12/11/02
10709
Littleton
A
6/23/03
A00136
Longmont
A
6/30/03
A00000009
Louisville
GA
12/31/02
00339
Thornton
A
5/02/03
2020
Westminster
10 CLSA
7/31/03
63723
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510Notice of Award
00520Agreement
00530Notice to Proceed
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date: January 10, 2003
TO: Golden Triangle Construction, Inc.
PROJECT: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated November 1, 2002 for the above project
has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded
an Agreement for GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748.
The Price of your Agreement is One Million Five Hundred Forty Thousand Nine
Hundred Sixty-eight Dollars ($1,540,968.00) which includes your bid of
$1,428,700.00 and all the Alternates as follows:
Landscape
1. Planter Area C & D $ 7,349.00
2. Planter Area A & B $12,298.00
Architecture
3. Entry Vestibule $20,913.00
4. Restroom Building $71,708.00
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings)
accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered
separately or otherwise made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days
of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by January 25, 2003.
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the
Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract
Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds)
as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article
5.1) and Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle
OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare
your Bid Security forfeited.
9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to
you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents
attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By0,_,�' ) C) Y l!4.� k—
JaKes)B. O'Neill, II CPPO, FNIGP
Direct_oj of Purchasing and Risk Management
Title
7/96 Section 00510 Page 2
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the loth day of January in the year of 2003 and
shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
Golden Triangle Construction Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of a
greenhouse/administration building with adjacent parking lot and walkways. Site
work includes the relocation of an irrigation ditch, the installation of various
box culverts, construction of a trail along Spring Creek, and the construction
of a temporary turn -around and a section of new city street that connects with
Centre Avenue, and is generally described in Section 01100.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by EDAW, INC., who is hereinafter called ENGINEER
and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and
authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 300 days after the
date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General
Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance
with the General Conditions within 330 days after the date when the Contract
Times commence to run.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of
the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the
Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus
any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in
a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed
on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall
pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1
1) Substantial Completion:
Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each calendar day or fraction
thereof that expires after the
for Substantial Completion of
Complete.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
three hundred (300) calendar day period
the Work until the Work is Substantially
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($1,540,968.00 One
Million Five Hundred Forty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-eight Dollars, in
accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this
reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below.
All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured
by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions
and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and
in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the
amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the
aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the
General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been
50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the
Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been
satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain
satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work
completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably
stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for
payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price,
less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance
with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 2
B. Enclosures:
The pumping station electrical controls shall be mounted in a self
contained NEMA 3S (minimum NEMA rating) enclosure with a drip
lip fabricated from not less that 14 gauge steel. Door gasket seals
shall be neoprene sponge, sufficient to protect interior
components from weather and dust. The electrical panel doors
shall be constructed from 12-gauge steel with integral locking
screws and latches.
2. Provide operating handle for the main station power disconnect on
the front of the panel. Furnish weatherproof and dust proof
external operating devices.
3. All internal components of the enclosures shall be mounted on
removable back panels. Mounting screws for components shall
not be tapped in the panel enclosure.
4. All internal wiring within, and interconnecting between, the panels
shall be complete and no field wiring within the panels shall be
required. Wiring troughs and cable raceways shall be self-
contained within the enclosures and no external cable trays or
wiring troughs are permitted.
5. No pressure gauges, pressure switches, water activated devices,
or water lines of any sort shall be installed in any electrical control
panel. All adjustments and maintenance shall be able to be done
from the front of the control enclosure. A complete wiring circuit
and legend with all terminals, components, and wiring
identification shall be provided. Main disconnect shall be
interlocked with door.
6. All electrical starter and control panels shall be assembled from
components that are U.L. listed and each completed panel shall
be U.L. listed as an Industrial Control Panel.
7. A closed type cooling system shall be included to cool the
enclosure and reject heat from the VFD. Open type cooling
systems allowing outside ambient air to enter the panel are not
acceptable.
C. Pump Motor Starters Disconnect and Electrical Switch Gear:
The pump motor starters shall be contained within a single NEMA
12 enclosure with a single access door and main disconnect.
Each starter shall be protected on each power leg by a time delay
fuse of the appropriate amperage. Motor starter coils shall be 120
volt operated.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the
remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws
and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or
furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the
General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may
affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of
paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the
accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the
General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written
resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract
Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are
referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents
and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to,
the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2. 6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
Sheet Index
G001 General Notes, Abbreviations & Graphic Symbols
DP101
Site Prep and Demo Plan
DP102
Site Prep and Demo Plan
C100
Overall
Site Plan
C101
Erosion
Control Plan
C102
Overlot
Grading Plan
C103
Overlot
Grading Plan
C104
Utility
Plan
C105
Utility
Plan
C301
Utility
Sections
C302
Utility
Sections
C303
Landscape Sections
C401
Trail Layout Plan
C402
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C403
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C404
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C405
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C406
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C407
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C408
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
C409
Enlarged
Layout
Plan
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4
C501
Site
Details
C502
Site
Details
C503
Site
Details
C504
Site
Details
C505
Site
Details
C506
Site
Details
C507
Entry
Sign Details
CS501
Box Culvert Details
CS502
Box Culvert Details
CS503
Culvert Details
CS504
Culvert Details
CS505
Culvert Details
CR501
Rolland Moore Drive Utilities
CR502
Rolland Moore Drive Plan & Profile
Signing and Striping
CR503
Rolland Moore Drive Details
CR504
Rolland Moore Drive Details
LP101
Landscape Plan
LP102
Landscape Plan
LP103
Landscape Details
LI001
Irrigation
Notes
LI101
Irrigation
Plan
LI102
Irrigation
Plan
LI103
Irrigation
Plan
LI501
Irrigation
Details
LI502
Irrigation
Details
LI503
Irrigation
Details
LI504
Irrigation
Details
LI505
Irrigation
Plan & Profile
LI506
Pump Station Details
LI507
Pump Station Details
E1.1
Pump Station Electrical
E1.2
Pump Station Electrical Sch.
A1.0
Foundation Plan,
Details and Structural Notes
A2.0
Floor Plan
A2.1
Room Finish Plan
A2.2
Reflected Ceiling
Plan and Roof Framing Plan
A2.3
Roof Plan & Roof
Drainage Plan
A3.0
Elevations
A4.0
Building Sections
A4.1
Wall Sections
A4.2
Wall Sections
A4.3
Wall Sections
A5.0
Details
A5.1
Window and Doors
Details and Schedules
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 5
M1
HVAC Plan
M2
Enlarged HVAC Plans and Sections
M3
Plumbing Plans
M4
Enlarged Plumbing Plans
M5
Mechanical Details
M6
Mechanical Legend and Schedules
El
Site Electrical Plan
E2
Electrical Legends & Details
E3
Lighting Plan
E4
Power Plan
E5
Fire Alarm and HVAC Electrical Plan
E6
Electrical Schedules
E7
Electrical Site Details
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any
revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 4, inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant
to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or
incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the
General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the
General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in
the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without
limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be
assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this
restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the
contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or
discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract
Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 6
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
B y : UU✓ - /i
JOr_,
F F I S , C NAG
BY l J
JAMES 0' EIL IF, CPPO, `I�NI P
DIR CT O PC?RCRPSING
AND RISK RGEI �•�
Date:
Attest:
City Clefk N
Address for giving notices:
P. 0. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Approved as to Form
Assistant Ci y tttorney
CONTRACTOR: Golden Triangle Construction,
Inc.
By:
Title: President
Date: January 22, 2003
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest.: V,
Lynn J. Clark/Assistant Secretary
Address for giving notices:
700 Weaver Park Road
Longmnnt, CO 80501
LICENSE NO.: B-298
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 7
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
To.
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been
received by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby
authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from
receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20_
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be
and , 20 , respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By.
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day
of , 20
CONTRACTOR
By.
Title:
7/96 Section 00530 Page 1
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660Consent of Surety
00670Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
(Address) 700 Weaver Park Road, Longmont, Colorado
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation),
"Principal" and
Bond No.
34BCSBY7608
80501
hereinafter referred to as the
(Firm)HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
(Address) Hartford, Connecticut
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of
Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum' of
ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED* in lawful money of the United States, for the
payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the loth day of January
2003, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project,
ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said
Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may
be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life
of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands
incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do
so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the
OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
* FORTY THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SIXTY EIGHT AND N0/100 ($1,540,968.00)
7/96 Section 00610 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3)
one of which shall be deemed an original, this 17th day of
20o3.
IN PRESENCE OF:
ATTEST:
BY:
Lynn J..Clark/Assistant Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
Not Applicable
counterparts, each
January
Principal GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
BY:
Jeff Nading resident
(Title)
700 Weaver Park Road, Longmont, Colorado 80501
(Address)
Other Partners
By: Not Applicable
By:
IN PRESENC OF: Surety HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
WITNE
BY: By:
Salli Phi lips Susan. J. Lattl4rulo, Attorney -in -Fact
Denver, Colorado 1XXX P. 0. Box 469025, Denver, Colorado 80246
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
J� up Hilb, Rogal and Hamilton Company
HP ■ ^� of Denver
P.O. Box 469025
Insuring the Way Denver, CO 80246-9025
Tel303-722-7776 • Fax 303-722-8862
Surety bonds and insurance
7/96 Section 00610 Page 2
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm) GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
(Address) 700 Weaver Park Road, Longmont, Colorado
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation),
"Principal" and
(Firm) HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
(Address) Hartford, Connecticut
Bond No.
34BCSBY8608
80501
hereinafter referred to as the
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Av_e., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of
ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED FORTY* in lawful money of the United States, for
the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
i) THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 10th day of January
2003, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO.
5748.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in
the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized
extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials,
lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used
in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on
said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force
and effect.
* THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SIXTY EIGHT AND N0/100 ($1,540,968.00)
7/96
Section 00615 Page 1
2. Overload relays shall be ambient -compensating type installed on
each power leg and shall be set to trip at 105% of motor full -load
current rating.
D. Variable Speed Master Controls and Display:
Provide complete instrumentation and controls to automatically start, stop
and modulate pump speed(s) to smoothly, efficiently and reliably pump
variable flow rates at a constant discharge pressure. Provide full alarms
and safety features needed to protect the equipment and irrigation piping
system.
Variable Frequency Drive: Provide a digital, pulse width
modulation (PWM) variable frequency drive (VFD) with IGBT
transistors.
a. Provide VFD with a minimum wire to wire efficiency of
98.5%, and shall be rated up to 550-volt operation in order
to eliminate nuisance tripping at marginally high voltage
conditions.
b. Provide VFD with the front end protected by fast acting
semiconductor fuses. Any VFD error messages shall be
displayed on a 40-character LCD readout in English or any
one of 8 other languages.
C. Include the following fault protection circuits: Over -current
(200%), over -voltage (130%), under -voltage (60%), over -
temperature (700 C), ground fault, and motor overload.
d. Provide VFD capable of starting into a rotating load and
accelerate or decelerate to setpoint without safety tripping.
e. Provide VFD with an automatic extended power loss ride
through circuit, which will utilize the inertia of the pump to
keep the drive powered. The minimum power loss ride -
through shall be one cycle based on full load and no
inertia.
Provide VFD optimized for a 3 kHz carrier frequency to
reduce motor noise and employing three current limit
circuits to provide "tripless" operation.
g. The following operating information shall be displayed on
the VFD LCD: KWH, elapsed time, Output frequency (Hz),
motor speed (RPM), motor current (amps), and voltage.
Line reactor will be installed on input of VFD to protect
against voltage transients.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and
it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each
one of which shall be deemed an original, this 17th day of January
20 03. ,
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
ATTEST: GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
BY: — �Z�. By: -
Lynn J. Clark/Assistant Secretary Jeff Nad g President
(Title)
700 Weaver Park Road, Longmont, Colorado 80501
(Corporate Seal) (Address)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
NQt Applicable Not Applicable
IN PRESEN OF ( Surety HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
WITNESS•
BY: - By:
---
Salli Phillips Susan J. Lat rulo, Attorney -in -Fact
Denver Colorado Rn P. 0. Box 469025 Denver Colorado 80246
(Surety Seal) (Address)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
�* Hilb, Rogal and Hamilton Company
HRH
of Denver
71 P.O. Box 469025
Insuring the Way Denver, CO 80246-9025
Tel303-722-7776 • Fax 303-722-8862
Surety bonds and insurance
7/96
Section 00615 Page 2
POWER OF ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD
HARTFORD PLAZA
HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06115
0 Hartford Fire Insurance Company Twin City Fire Insurance Company 0
0 Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois
0 Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest 0
0 Hartford underwriters Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast 0
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT the Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Hartford Accident and Indemnity
Company and Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut; Hartford
Insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,
Twin City Fire Insurance Company and Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, corporations duly organized under the laws of the
State of Indiana; and Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida;
having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and
appoint, up to the amount of UNLIMITED:
COURTNEY T. PETERSON, LEON B. DARTOIS, JAMES S. ROSULEK, J. R. RICHARDS, DOUGLAS J.
ROTHEY, SUSAN J. LATTARULO, CYNTHIA M. BURNETT OF DENVER, COLORADO
their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies)
only as delineated above by E, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written
instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the
performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings
allowed by law.
In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on September 12th, 2000,
the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly
attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby
unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney.
tr it
�1�Ir rS lYli �{ep�•1y �v4
� -- ! ,r•v ;a �`�, x s y,Y# j! * `�� 3�-�i`{( !�! 'ra �': 3 „�W°aw'�Ro
• �ifLO�t •bar -fj. it ``� ti...r �\ `�.
6„tl•�,,L11101Stl
Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary John P. Hyland, Assistant Vice President
STATE OF CONNECTICIJT
Hartford
COUNTY OF HARTFORD
On this 19'" day of September, 2000, before me personally came John P. Hyland, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did
depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies,
the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals
affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations
and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
Jean H. Wozniak
CERTIFICATE Notary Public
My Commission Expires June 30, 2004
1, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and
correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of January 17 , 2003
Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford.
�w.✓*ld �}J •wt •a+r# �' lir�ltM' i•i•. tDT a� ; ti. 1979�t�[(p I T9
Colleen Mastroianni, Assistant Vice President
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YY)
O1/16/03
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATIOA
HRH of Colorado ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
720 S . Colorado Blvd Ste PH N HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
P.O. BOX 469025 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Denver, CO 80246-9025
— --..
INSURED -
Golden Triangle Construction, Inc.
(700 Weaver Park Rd., Suite E
Longmont, CO 80501
COVERAGES
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
—
INSURERA:CNA Insurance Companies
INSURER a:PlnnaCol Assurance —
INSURER C:
INSURER D:
INSURER E:
rwica yr evaumAmot LIs I EU bF-LOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
TR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER
POLI EYEFFECTIVE P—YEMID �IRATIONT — LIMITS
A GENERAL LIABILITY TCP2022866738 12/31/02 12/31/03 EACHOCCURRENCE $1 000 000
�COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY -- — —
I FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire $ 500,0 00
l—j l CLAIMSMADEC� OCCURI
l--( _ M
—
�GE N'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY7X JECT LOC
A _AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
X ANYAUTO
ALL OWNED AUTOS
I L_ SCHEDULED AUTOS
X_ HIRED AUTOS
NON -OWNED AUTOS
GARAGE LIABILITY
IJ ANYAUTO
A EXCESS LIABILITY
�
I XI OCCUR CLAIMSMAD
DEDUCTIBLE
rX I RETENTION $1 0 0 0 0
B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
,Officers Include
OTHER
MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5 0 0 0_
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1 L0 0 0�0 0 0
GENERAL AGGREGATE _$2 , 000 , 00 0
iPRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2 0 0 0 0 0 0-
BUA2022866741 12/31/02 12/31/03
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident) I$1, 000, 000
BODILY INJURY
(Per person) $
BODILY INJURY
(Per accident) $
PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
IAUTOONLY- EAACCIDENT $
- -
7—,—OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
CUP2022866786 12/31/02 12/31/03 EACH OCCURRENCE _ $2_,000-1000-
AGGREGATE— — 1 $2_,0 0 00 0-
4013024 07/01/02 07/01/03 x wcsrarT oro-I$ -
TORY IMITS `j
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1 , O O Q 1 O O O
— ---
E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1 , 0 0 0, 0 0 0
E.L. DISEASE-POLICYLIM 1,000,000$
I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Jardens on Spring Creek
lCity of Fort Collins, Colorado, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and any
other persons or entities identified in contract supplementary
conditions are Additional Insureds as respects to General Liability, Auto
(See Attached Descriptions)
L-LKIIhIL:ATE HOLDER I X I ADDmONALINSUREDANSURERLETTER: _A CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANYOFTHE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
City Of Fort Collins, Colorado DATE THEREOF,THEISSUING INSURER WILLX5CRgx AIL30 DAYSWRITTEN
1215 North Mason Street NOTICETOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFTAD0EVLNK3DK=Q3MVX
Fort Collins, CO 80524
AUTHORIZED REPRESE
4CORD25-S(7197)1 of 3 #S149487/M147062
0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
%CORD 25-S (7/97)2 of 3 #S149487/M147062
DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1)
(Liability and Umbrella Liability only if required by written contract and
coverage applies only as respects ongoing operations performed by Insured
for the Certificate Holder.
All coverage terms, conditions and exclusions of the policy apply.
Cancellation Clause & Materialy Altered amended: will mail 30 days written
notice to the Certificate Holder. 10 days notice will be given for
(non-payment of premium.
4MS26.3(07/97)3 of 3 #5149487/M147062
G-140331-A
(Ed. 01/01)
IMPORTANT: THIS ENDORSEMENT CONTAINS DUTIES THAT APPLY TO THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT.
SEE PARAGRAPH C.I. OF THIS ENDORSEMENT FOR THESE DUTIES.
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULED AND BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED
ENDORSEMENT WITH PRODUCTS -COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
Name of Person or Organization: Designated Project:
(Coverage under this endorsement is not affected by an entry or lack of entry in the Schedule above.)
A. WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to
include as an insured any person or organization,
including any person or organization shown in the
schedule above, (called additional insured) whom
you are required to add as an additional insured on
this policy under a written contract or written
agreement; but the written contract or written
agreement must be:
1. Currently in effect or becoming effective during
the term of this policy; and
2. Executed prior to the "bodily injury," "property
damage," or "personal and advertising injury".
B. The insurance provided to the additional insured is
limited as follows:
1. That person or organization is an additional
insured solely for liability due to your negligence
specifically resulting from "your work" for the
additional insured which is the subject of the
written contract or written agreement. No
coverage applies to liability resulting from the
sole negligence of the additional insured.
2. The Limits of Insurance applicable to the
additional insured are those specified in the
written contract or written agreement or in the
Declarations of this policy, whichever is less.
These Limits of Insurance are inclusive of, and
not in addition to, the Limits of Insurance shown
in the Declarations.
3. The coverage provided to the additional insured
by this endorsement and paragraph f. of the
definition of "insured contract" under
DEFINITIONS (Section V) do not apply to
"bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out
of the "products -completed operations hazard"
unless required by the written contractor written
agreement.
4. The insurance provided to the additional insured
does not apply to "bodily injury," "property
damage," or "personal and advertising injury"
arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or
surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any
professional services including:
a. The preparing, approving, or failing to
prepare or approve maps, shop drawings,
opinions, reports, surveys, field orders,
change orders or drawings and
specifications; and
b. Supervisory, or inspection activities
performed as part of any related
architectural or engineering activities.
C. As respects the coverage provided under this
endorsement, SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL
GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS are amended
as follows:
G-140331-A Page 1 of 2
(Ed. 01/01)
CIFAVA
1. The following is added to the Duties In The
Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit
Condition:
e. An additional insured under this
endorsement will as soon as practicable:
(1) Give written notice of an occurrence or
an offense to us which may result in a
claim or "suit" under this insurance;
(2) Tender the defense and indemnity of
any claim or "suit" to any other insurer
which also has insurance for a loss we
cover under this Coverage Part; and
(3) Agree to make available any other
insurance which the additional insured
has for a loss we cover under this
Coverage Part.
G-140331-A
(Ed. 01/01)
f. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an
additional insured under this endorsement
until we receive written notice of a claim or
"suit" from the additional insured.
2. Paragraph 4.b. of the Other Insurance Condition
is deleted and replaced with the following:
4. Other Insurance
b. Excess Insurance
This insurance is excess over any other
insurance naming the additional insured
as an insured whether primary, excess,
contingent or on any other basis unless
a written contract or written agreement
specifically requires that this insurance
be either primary or primary and
noncontributing.
G-140331-A
(Ed. 01 /01)
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
PROJECT TITLE:
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized
representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or
specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be
substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This
list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not
alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees
to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time
indicated.
By:
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substan-
tially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area
of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for
heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as
set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER
REMARKS:
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
7/96 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
TO:
Gentlemen:
You are hereby notified that on the _
Fort Collins, Colorado, has
for the
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748.
day of
accepted
City of
the
Fort
, 20
_, 20_, the City of
Work completed by
Collins project,
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for
all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and
guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By.
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
7/96 Section 00640 Page 1
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from
the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and
performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR
voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited
to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop
notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the
CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents,
employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control
of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on
and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished,
delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or
performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by
and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or
their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been
paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible
future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any
funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or
against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out
of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter
made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants,
agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers,
employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss,
damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result
of such claims.
7/96 Section 00650 Page 1
h. Provide VFD as manufactured by Allen Bradley, ABB,
Toshiba, Siemens, or Owner's Representative approved
equal.
2. Pressure Transducer: Pressure transducer shall be utilized for
providing all pressure signals for the control logic.
a. Provide a solid-state bonded strain gauge type pressure
transducer with an accuracy of plus/minus 0.20%.
Housing shall be stainless steel NEMA 4X with 304L
stainless steel wetted parts. Plastic transducer housings
are not acceptable.
b. Furnish a transducer rated for station discharge pressure
as shown on technical data sheet, that will provide gauge
pressure output, rather than an absolute.
3. Controls: All control logic shall be handled by an industrial grade
programmable logic controller (PLC) with a 40 character LED
industrial operator interface providing data entry and read-out
capabilities.
a. Provide PLC with LED indicators for input, output, and four
(4) diagnostic read-outs showing PC Run, CPU Fault, 1/0
Fault, and communication. Provide an LED visual status
light for each 1/0 to indicate on/off status.
b. Provide PLC with a built in EEPROM, capacitor, and
battery for memory backup. A surge suppressor shall be
mounted on input of PLC for power transient suppression.
C. All logic for system control, timing, and control of VFD
speed shall be handled by the PLC. No external relay
logic and/or timers are permitted. A separate set point
controller is not acceptable.
d. PLC shall have a built in clock calendar. The PLC shall be
of the type manufactured by Toshiba, Siemens, Allen
Bradley, Mitsubishi, or Owner's Representative approved
equal.
4. Alarms and shutdowns:
a. Low discharge pressure (with override switch)*
b. High discharge pressure
C. Low lake level (Attempts restart)*
d. Phase loss (Attempts restart)*
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above
constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to
which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that
this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by
the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds
for the project.
Signed this day of
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO )
) ss .
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
, 20
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20 by
Witness my hand and official.seal.
My Commission Expires:
Notary Public
7/96 Section 00650 Page 2
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado
(hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for
on bond of
(Surety)
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final
Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its
obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day
of ,
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
7/96 Section 00660 Page 1
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Insert State certificate here.
DR 0172 (12/98) 6
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
(3M)23 C416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
(303)232-2416
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(M)
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building
materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment,
supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the
structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided
by law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime
contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.)
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
RegistmtiordAccount No. (to be assigned by DOR)
Period
0170-750 (999) $0.00
89 -
pp• �E �i lb I+J'Wf,14 `lAM t -1ty i7Fm-
�CS+/f�l�i\:/i 4 s4 a 3 .r
1 c� ,+, fd r r
7 5
,vlM�6
7'�r'f''°414^'i,s Sc�-.�i.
Trade name/DBA:
Owner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (City, State, Zip):
Contact Person
E-Mail address:
Federal Employer's Identification Number:
Bid amount for your contract:
Fax number:
Business telephone number.
Colorado withholding tax account number.
pia{I,ti 9gFii7rn.iri>F.rt ar t� D11ar ;.
P " C till t 1 n' > ,' Ciapies tr�i� or gr em an pang , > .�
'g"
(2canmusfg
5 :and j laininzsrlgriatu"r�essafcdtra sk
E � n
..._ ., .
Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract):
Exempt organization's number.
98 -
Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization:
Principal contact's telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (!as) where project is located)
Scheduled Month Day Year
Estimated Month Day Year
constriction start date:
completion date:
:. k t ,�A�. {...1!•('La ? I t 4.
, c'F...,y• ...,
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and
complete to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer.
Title of corporate officer.
Date:
DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number & Title
Number
DEFINITIONS......................................................1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................
3
1.1
Addenda.............................................1
2.1
Delivery of Bonds .............................
3
1.2
Agreement...........................................1
2.2
Copies of Documents
3
1.3
Application for Payment.......................1
2.3
Commencement of Contract
1.4
Asbestos ............................................
1.1
Times; Notice to Proceed ................
3
1.5
Bid .......... ......... ......... ...I.....
........1
2.4
Starting the Work ................
1.6
Bidding Documents .............................1.
2.5-2.7
Before Starting Construction;
1.7
Bidding Requirements ..........................I
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
1.8
Bonds .................................................!
to Report; Preliminary Schediles;
1.9
Change Order ........................... ...........l
Delivery of Certificates of
1.10
Contract Documents ............................1
Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,
3-4
1.11
Contract Price ...... ......... ..................1
2.8
Preconstruction Conference ...............
4
1.12
Contract Times....................................1
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules ...........
4
1.13
CONTRACTOR
1.14
defective ............................................
1
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
1.15
Drawings............................................I
AMENDING, REUSE ..........................................
4
1.16
Effective Date of the Agreement...........1
3.1-3.2
Intent,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4
1.17
ENGINEER .............................. .........1
3.3
Reference to Standards and Speci-
1.18
ENGINEER's Consultant....... I..............I
fications of Technical Societies;
i
1.19
Field Order,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, I ...................
I
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
1.20
General Requirements,
2
crepancies,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,4-5
1.21
Hazardous Waste.................................2
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
_
1.22.a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Adjectives.....................................5
Regulations .....................................
2
3.5
Amending Contract Docunents.........
5
1.22.b
Legal Holidays ...................................
2
3.6
Supplementing Contract
1.23
Liens..................................................2
Documents...................................5
1.24
Milestone .............................................
3.7
Reuse of Documents
1.25
Notice of Award„ ,
2
1.26
Notice to Proceed.................................2
4. AVAILABILITY
OF LANDS;
_.
1.27
OWNER ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
1.28
Partial Utilization................................2
REFERENCE
POINTS,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,._,
5
1.29
PCBs ..................................................
4.1
Availability of Lands
5-6
1.30
Petroleum..........................................2
4.2
Subsurface and Physical
1.31
Project................................................7
Conditions ....................................
6
1.32.a
Radioactive Material ............................2
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings ......................
6
1.32.b
Regular Working Hours ... .........
....... 2
4.2.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-
1.33
Resident Project Representative ............
2
TOR Authorized; Technical
1.34
Samples ...................
2
Data ............. ............6
1.35
Shop Drawings...................................2
4.2.3
Notice of Differing Subsurface
1.36
Specifications ....................................
2
or Physical Conditions..................6
-
1.37
Subcontractor ...... ........ ................
2
4.2.4
ENGINEER's Review
6
1.38
Substantial Completion .... .... ...
..*, ,2
4.2.5
Possible Contract Documents
1.39
Supplementary Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,
„6
1.40
Supplier ..............................................
4.2.6
Possible Price and Times
1.41
Underground Facilities .....................2-3
Adjustments ...............................
6-7
1.42
Unit Price Work .......................
......... 3
4.3
Physical Conditions --Underground
1.43
Work..................................................3
Facilities.......................................7
_
1.44
Work Change Directive
3
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated ....................
7
1.45
Written Amendment ...... I .................3
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,, .........7
4.4
Reference Points
7
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number &
Title
Number
4.5
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
6.25
Submittal Proceedures; CON -
Hazardous Waste or
TRACTOR's Review Prior
Radioactive Material
to Shop Drawing or Sample
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ••••••••••••••.•.................
8
6.26
Shop Submittal •.
"'•
Drawing & Sample Submit-
16
""
5.1-5.2
Performance, Payment and Other
tals Review by ENGINEER
16-17
Bonds ................ ...
......................
• 8
6.27
Responsibility for Variations
5.3
Licensed Sureties and Insurers;
From Contract Documents
17
Certificates of Insurance ...................
8
6.28
.••,•,......
Related Work Performed Prior
5.4
CONTRACTOR's Liability
to ENGINEER's Review and
Insurance
Approval of Required
5.5
OWNER'sLiability Insurance ..............
9
Submittals„
17
5.6
Property Insurance .......9-10
...................
6.29
Continuing the Work
17
5.7
Boiler and Machineryor Addi-CONTRACTOR's"
6.30
""" **....
General
"
tional Property Insurance
10
Warranty and Guarantee•
17
5.8
Notice of Cancellation Pro,.ision.........
10
6.31-6.33
..............
Indemnification
5.9
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
6.34
.........................17-18
Survival of Obligations
18
for Deductible Amounts
....................
5.10
Other Special Insurance••• ..............
..10
7. OTHER WORK
18
5.11
Waiver of Rights ................................
11
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site„••,,,,.
18
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
P pp
7.4
Coordination
1
Insurance Proceeds ......................
10-11
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insa-
8. OWNER'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
ance; Option to Replace ••................„11
8.1
••.......................18
Communications to CON-
5.15
Partial Utilization --Property
TRACTOR
18
Insurance .......................................
• 11
8.2
.......................
Replacement of ENGINEER ............
18
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
11
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
6.1-6.2
•.•,•„•,..,
Supervision and Superintendence .• ', 11
8.4
When Due
• 'e"m"•• ••••••• •• •••••.•...18
Lands and Easements; Reports
6.3-6.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment,,,
11-12
and Tests.
18-19
6.6
Progress Schedule ..............12
8.5
Insurance...*""**
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;
8.6
""""
Change Orders
Expense;
8.7
•
""""""""""....19CONTRACTOR's
Inspections, Tests and
Substitute Construction
Approvals
19
Methods or Procedures;
8.8
...................................
Stop or Suspend Work;
ENGINEER's Evaluation .............
12-13
Terminate CONTRACTOR'
6.8-6.1 I
Concerning Subcontractors,
Services
19
Suppliers and Others;
8.9
Limitations on OWNER'S
Waiver of Rights,.', ...................
13-14
Responsibilities
19
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties ................
14
8.10
, ...............
Asbestos, PCBs, P.etroleum..........,..
6.13
Permits , • • • • • • •
Hazardous Waste or
6.14
Laws and Regulations .........................
14
Radioactive Material,,,,,.,..
19
6.15
Taxes ..............14-15
.................................
8.11
Evidence of Financal
6.16
Use of Premises
Arrangements
19
6.17
Site Cleanlines
...............
""""'
6.18
Safe Structural Loading ....................
15
9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
6.19
6.20
Record Documents
Safety and Protection
15
CONSTRUCTION .......................
......ve..............
19
6.21
.............
Safety Representative
15-16
9.1
9.2
OWNER's..Representati.
""""""""'19
6.2
.........................16
Hazard Communication Programs.•,,,,
16
9.3
Visits to Site. ,
.............................
Project Represen....
Project
. ,19
.
6.23
Emergencies ............................
16
9.4
Clarifications and Interpre-
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples ..............
16
tations.,,••••,,,••••.,
21
9.5
Authorized Variations in V6rk_
21
iii
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page
Number & Title Number Number & Title Number
9.6
Rejecting Defective Work ...................
? I
9.7-9.9
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments....................................21
9.10
Determinations for Unit Prices.....
21-22
9.11-9.12
Decisions on Disputes; ENGI-
NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER's
Authority and Responsibilities....
22-23
CHANGES IN
THE WORK .......................................
23
10.1
OWNER's Ordered Change................23
10.2
Claim for Adjustmcnt........................23
10.3
Work Not Required by Contract
Documents .....................................
23
10.4
Change Orders..................................23
10.5
Notification of Surety .........................23
CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .............................23
11.1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Adjustment; Value of
the Work....................................23-24
11.4
Cost of the Work ..........................24-25
11.5
Exclusions to Cost of the Work....,,....
25
11.6
CONTRACTOR's Fee........................25
11.7
Cost Records .......................... .......
25-26
11.8
Cash Allowances...............................26
11.9
Unit Price Work................................26
CHANGE OF
CONTRACT TIMES ............................26
12.1
Claim for Adjustment ........................
26
12.2
Time of the Essence ..........................26
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's
Control ......................................
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's Control................27
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK..................................................77
13.1
Notice of Defects...............................27
13.2
Access to the Work ............................27
13.3
Tests and Inspections;
CONTRACTOR's Cooperation.........
27
13.4
OWNER's Responsibilities;
Independent Testing Laboratory......
27
13.5
CONTRACTOR's
Responsibilities...............................27
13.6-13.7
Covering Work Prior to Inspec-
tion, Testing or Approval.................27
13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI-
NEER's Request .....................27-28
13.10
OWNER May Stop the Work ...........
28
13.11
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work ...........................28
13.12
Correction Period ...........................78
13.13
Acceptance of Defective Work .........
28
13.14
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work ....................................
28-29
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION .................................................
29
14.1
Schedule of Values .........................29
14.2
Application for Progress
Payment.....................................
29
14.3
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of
Title...........................................29
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments . .................
29-30
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion ..................
30
14.10
Partial Utilization........... ...........
30-31
14.11
Final Inspection .............................31
14.12
Final Application for Payment ........
31
14.13-14.14
Final Payment and Acceptancq.......
31
14.15
Waiver of Claims ......................31-32
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION ...............................................
32
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work ..........
32
15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate.................32
15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop
Work or Terminate .................
32-33
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ... 33
17. MISCELLANEOUS...........................................33
17.1
Giving Notice ................................
33
17.2
Computation of Times ....................
33
17.3
Notice of Claim..............................33
17.4
Cumulative Remedies .....................
33
17.5
Professional Fees and Court
Costs Included .............................33
17.6
Applicable State Laws ...............
33-34
Intentionally left blank.......................................35
EXHIBIT GC -A:
(Optional)
Dispute Resolution Agreement .....................
QC -Al
16.1-16.6
Arbitration ...........................
GC -Al
16.7
Mediation...............................GC-Al
w
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index
Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of --
Bonds and Insurance ........5.14
.................................
defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13
final payment .... ...
..........
............... I ......... .12, 14.15
insurance.........................................................5.14
other Work, by CONTRACTOR 7.3 ........................
...
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Item*.......................7.1
Work by OWNER..............................2.5, 6.30.6.34
Access to the --
Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
responsibilities ............................................. 4.1
site, related Work
Work...........................................13.2, 13.14, 14.9
Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions--
CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3
ENGINEER..........................................6.20, 9.13.3
OWNER....................................................6.20, 8.9
Addenda --definition of (also see
definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1
Additional Property Insurances ., 5.7
................................
Adjustments --
Contract Price or Contract
Times ....1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
..........................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4,
......................................... 11, 12, 14.8 , 15 . I
progress schedule ...6.6
...............
Agreement --
definitionof .......................................................
.............................. .....1.2
..................
"All -Risk" Insurance, policy form ................. 5.6.2
Allowances, Cash 11.8
...................................................
Amending Contract Documents ............ 3.5
.....................
Amendment, Written --
in general ............... 1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2
......... ................. 6.8.2,6.19,10.1,10.4,11.2
.................................... 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent to .........................9.10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5
Application for Payment --
definition of ........................1.3
...............................
ENGINEER's Responsibility 9.9
final payment..,.,..... 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15
in general,.,, ............... ..2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5
progress payment.......................................14.1-14.7
review of ..................14.4-14.7
Arbitration..................................................... 16.1-16.6
Asbestos --
claims pursuant thereto .. .....4.5.2, 4.5.3
CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work....„....4.5.2
definition of......
Article or Paragraph
Number
OWNER responsibility for .. .. ......... ......
... 4.5. I, 8.10
possible price and times change ........................4.5.2
Authorized Variations in Work........,
3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Availability of Lands ..........................
.............. 4.1, 8.4
Award, Notice of --defined.,,,,,.,,..
1.25
Before Starting Construction .....................
2.5-2.8
Bid --definition of ............ 1.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3,
............
.............I.......... 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 1 1.9.1)
Bidding Documents --definition
of ..........................1.6
(6.8.2)
Bidding Requirements --definition
of..........................................1.7
(l.l, 4.2.6.2)
Bonds --
....................................................
acceptance of..
5.14
additional bonds ...........................
.10.5, 11.4.5.9
Cost of the Work,,. ...
............................
...........11.5.4
definition of ...........................
delivery of ...... .....
........
....1.8
..................2. I, 5.1
final Application for Payment .................14.12-14.14
general.......................................1.10,
5.1-5.3, 5.13,
........................................
9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Other..
................
-5.2
Bonds and Insurance --in general,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
.
5
Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ...
............ 5.6.2
Cancellation Provisions, Insurance......,
5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15
Cash Allowances....................................................11.8
Certificate of Substantial Completion,.......1.38,
6.30.2.3,
..................................................14.8,
14.10
Certificates of Inspection . .................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Certificates of Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.7,
5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
.......................5.6.5, 5.8,
5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12
Change in Contract Price--
Cash Allowances...............................................11.8
claim for price
adjustment.........., 4.1, 4.2.6,
4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4
...........I ....... 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
10.5, 11.2, 13.9,
.......................13.13 , 13.14
, 14.7 , 15.1, 15.5
CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6
Cost of the Work
general ..,. ......................................
......11.4-11.7
Exclusions to...............................................11.5
Cost Records.11,7
in general...... 1.19, 1.44, 9.11,
10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11
Lump Sum Pricing..........................................1
1.3.2
Notification of Surety ................
10.5
Scope of .............. ....................................
10.3-10.4
Testing and Inspection,
Uncovering the Work
13.9
v
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
e. Low voltage (Attempts restart)*
Phase unbalance (Attempts restart)*
g. Individual motor overload/phase loss (indicates which
individual motor was shut down)
h. VFD fault (shutdown VFD pump only and attempts
restart).*
*Three failed restarts in 15-minute period will give hard shutdown.
A red general alarm light will indicate all alarms. Specific alarm
conditions along with procedures for correction will be displayed in
English on the operator interface display (OID).
5. Panel face switches and lights:
a. Individual pump run lights and pump on/off switches
b. System Hand/Off/Automatic switch
C. Mode Select switch -- allows automatic bypass mode of
operation that can be used if VFD should fail.
VFD selector switch -- in manual mode, allows user to
select which pump will be run off the VFD.
e. Reset -- Acknowledges pump station alarms
Speed potentiometer -- in manual mode allows user to
adjust VFD pump speed
g. Low discharge pressure override switch -- disables low
discharge pressure alarm
h. PLC bypass switch mounted inside panel allows user to
manually operate pumps should PLC fail.
6. Software:
a. Software will be included to automatically and gradually
ramp up irrigation system pressure to the desired operating
pressure (i.e., 1 PSI every 3 seconds) without overshooting
design pressure. This feature operates whenever pressure
drops below set point pressure. This ramp up time is fully
adjustable by the operator. This control feature is based
on an increase in pressure over a pre -defined time period.
The acceleration control on the VFD is NOT an acceptable
means of adjusting pressure ramp up speed.
Unit Price Work...........................................11.9
Article or Paragraph
Number
Value of Work..................................................11.3
Change in Contract Times --
Claim for times adjustment ........
4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15,
............ 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2, 10.5, 12.1,
,.,* ........ 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5
Contractual time limits.....................................12.2
Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's
control........................................................12.3
Delays beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's control.............................12.4
Notification of surety...........................I.............10.5
Scope of change ...........................
............. 10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance ofDefective Work ..........................13.13
Amending Contract Document$..........................3.5
Cash Allowances..............................................11.8
Change of Contract Prick....................................I
I
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work..........................................10
CONTRACTOR's fee........................................11.6
Cost of the Work.......................................11.4-11.7
Cost Records....................................................11.7
definition of ...................................................
_A.9
emergencies....................................................
6.23
ENGINEER's responsibility.......
9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1
execution of.....................................................10.4
Indemnifiction .........................0.12,
6.16, 6.31-6.33
Insurance, Bonds and.......................5.10,
5.13, 10.5
OWNER may terminate . .............................
15.2-15.4
OWNER's Responsibility.............................$.6,
10.4
Physical Conditions --
Subsurface and..............................................4.2
Underground Facilities--............................4.3.2
Record Documents...........................................6.19
Scope of Change ...... ......... .........
.........10.3-10.4
Substitutes.............................................6.7.3,
6.8.2
Unit Price Work...............................................11.9
value of Work, covered by.................................1
1.3
Changes in the Work.................................................10
Notification of surety.........................................10.5
OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR's
responsibilities............................................10.4
Right to an adjustment ......................................
t 0.2
Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4
Claims --
against CONTRACTOR....................................6.16
against ENGINEER .........................................
6.32
against OWNER...............................................6.32
Change of Contract Price
9.4, 11.2
Change of Contract Times ..........................
9.4, 12.1
CONTRACTOR's.............4, 7.1,
9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
...........................11.2,
11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8,
............................................15.1,
15.5, 17.3
vi
CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work11.4,
11.5
Decisions on Disputes...............................9.11,
9.12
Dispute Resolution............................................16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement ......... .........16.1-16.6
ENGINEER as initial interpretoK.......................9.11
Lump Sum Pricing .........................................
11.3.2
Noticeof., ......................................................
.l 7.3
OWNER's....................9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, It 2, 11.9
........................12.1, 13.9, 13.13,
13.14, 17.3
OWNER's liability...............................................5.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment14.7
Professional Fees and Court Costs
Included......................................................17.5
request for formal decision on............................9.11
Substitute Items.............................................0.7.1.2
Time Extension.................................................12.1
Time requirements....................................9.11,
12.1
Unit Price Work.............................................11.9.3
Valueof...........................................................1.1.3
Waiver of --on Final Payment .................
j4.14, 14.15
Work Change Directive......................................10.2
written notice required ......................9.11, 11.2, 12.1
Clarifications and Interpretation$ ............ 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
CleanSite............................................................0..17
Codes of Technical Society, Organization
or Association..................................................3.3.3
Commencement of Contract Times ...........................7.3
Communications--
general..............................................0.2,
6.9.2, 8.1
Hazard Communication Programs .....................
G.22
Completion --
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Final Inspection..............................................14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization...........................................14.10
Substantial Completion ....................„1.38,
14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims............................................14.15
Computation of Times...............................17.2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others ................................... I ...............
.8-6.11
Conferences --
initially acceptable schedules ..............................
2.9
p reconstruction...................................................
2.8
Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy --
CONTRACTOR to Report ..........................2.5,
3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR ...........................................
2.5-2.7
Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc ..................
6.4
Continuing the Work......................................6.29,
10.4
Contract Documents--
Amending..........................................................3.5
Bonds.............................................................
5.1
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS
1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Cash Allowances..............................................11.8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Change of Contract Price ,,,,,•,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, l 1
Change of Contract Times ...................................
12
Changes in the Work................................10.4-10.5
check and verify
Clarifications and
Interpretations ..........................3.2, 3.6,
9.4, 9.11
definition of.....................................................1.10
ENGINEER as initial interpreter of„•,,,
9.11
ENGINEER as OWNER'S representative..............9.1
gencra13
Insurance
3
Intent .......................3.1-3.4
............................... .
minor variations in the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,•
.3.6
OWNER's responsibility to furnish dat4...............8.3
OWNER's responsibility to make
prompt payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 8.3, 14.4, 14.13
precedence.,,,, ....... ......3.1,
....... ......... ........
3.3.3
Record Documents ...,,•,,,,,,, _ ...........6.19
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ................
... 3.3
RelatedWork.....................................................7.2
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ........
2.5, 3.3
Reuse of
Supplementing..................................................
3.6
Termination of ENGINEER's Employment ..........
8.2
Unit Price Work .................................................
11.9
variations ,.. 3.6, 6.23, 6.27
.......................................
Visits to Site, ENGINEER's............................•...
9.2
Contract Price
adjustment of ..............
3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3
Change of ,,,,, ..........
...........
................................. I I
Decision on Disputes
.......................... 9.11
definition of,,,,,,,,,
......... ......... 1.11
Contract Times --
.........
adjustment of ........................
4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Change of .....
..............12.1-12.4
Commencement of
definition of
.................................1.12
CONTRACTOR -
Acceptance of Insurance..,,,,, .............................
5.14
Communications......................................6.2,
6.9.2
Continue Work .................................
,_,,,, 6.29, 10.4
coordination and scheduling..,,,,,
.6.9.2
definitionof ....................................................
.1.13
Limited Reliance on Technical
Data Authorized,,,,,,,.. ...............................
4.2.2
May Stop Work or Terminate
1,5.5
provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,, 7.2, 13.2
Safety and Protection._,,,,,,..,.
4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18,
621-623 72 132
............. I........................ .
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Prior to Submittal
Stop Work requirements 4.5.2
................................
CONTRACTOR'sd
Article or Paragraph
Number
Compensation,,,,,,,,,, .............
11.1-11.2
Continuing Obligation .....................................
14.15
Defective Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.6, 13.10-13.14
Duty to correct defective Work ...........................
13.11
Duty to Report --
Changes in the Work caused by
Emergency ...........................................
6.23
Defects in Work of Others ...............................
7.3
Differing conditions...................................4.2.3
Discrepancy in Documents......,, 2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Underground Facilities not indicated,,,,,,,,,
4.3.2
Emergencies.....................................................
6.23
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
of the Work ................ ...............
11.4.5.3
Fee --Cost Plus...........................11.4.5.6, 11.5.1,
11.6
General Warranty and Guarantee .......................6.30
Hazard Communication Programs ........
.........6.22
Indemnification ........................6.12, 6.16,
6.31-6.33...
Inspection of the Work ........._
...
................
7.3, 13.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................6.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by.............6.14.1
Liability Insurance ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,•...............5.4
Notice of Intent to Appeal,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.10, 10.4
obligation to perform and complete
theWork....................................................6.30
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.12
Performance and Other Bonds,,,,,
5.1
Permits, obtained and paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,0.13
Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8,
2.9, 6.6,
........................................6.29, 10.4,
15.2.1
Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
Responsibilities --
Changes in the Work,,,,,,,,,,,
10.1
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others......................................6.8-6.11
Continuing the Work,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.29, 10.4
CONTRACTOR's expense,,,,, .......................
6.7.1
CONTRACTOR's General Warranty
and Guarantee.......................................6.30
CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.25
Coordination of Work ..
..............................
, 6.9.2
Emergencies.,. ,,,,,.,,
.................... .... ........„
6.23
ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes
or "Or -Equal" Items ............................
6.7.3
For Acts and Omissions
of Others.............................6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13
for deductible amounts, insurance.,,,,,,,..
5.9
general........................................15, 7.2,
7.3, 8.9
Hazardous Communication Programs ...........
6.22
Indemnification ...................................
6,31-6.33
Vii
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Labor, Materials and Equipment..............0.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations..................................6.14
Liability Insurance........................................5.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Documents ...........................................
6.27
Patent Fees and Royalties, ............................
h. 12
Permits.......................................................6.13
Progress Schedule.........................................6.6
Record Documents.......................................6.19
related Work performed prior to
ENGINEER's approval of required
submittals .............................................
6.28
safe structural loading.................................6.18
Safety and Protection ....................6.20, 7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative...................................6.21
Scheduling the Work ........ ...... ..........."
**6.9.2
Shop Drawings and Samples ........................6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
by ENGINEER......................................6.26
Site Cleanliness,,,, ,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.17
Submittal Procedures...................................6.25
Substitute Construction Methods
and Procedures.....................................6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1
Superintendence,,.... * ....................................
6.2
Supervision................................I ..................6.1
Survival of Obligations................................6.34
Taxes....................................... ..............6.15
Tests and Inspections..................................13.5
ToReport .......................................................
.5
Use of Premises,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,6.16-6.18,
6.30.2.4
Review Prior to Shop Drawing or
Sample Submittal ........................................
6.25
Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2
right to claim,,,,,,..... 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2,11.2,
,,,,,,,,,.11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1,
15.5, 17.3
Safety and Protection,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...................
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative .......................................
6.21
Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals .....
6.24-6.28
Special Consultants........................................
11.4.4
Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures.,6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
Expense ..........................................
6.7.1, 6.7.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others,,,,,,..,, ...........
Supervision and Superintendence ......... 6.1,
6.2, 6.21
Taxes, Payment by...........................................6.15
Use of Premises
6.16-6.18
Warranties and guarantees,,,, ,.._....
6.5, 6.30
Warranty of Title,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.3
Written Notice Required --
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........ 15.5
Reports of Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions .......................
4.2.3
Substantial Completion,.,,._
.14.8
CONTRACTORS --other ...................................... I........
Contractual Liability Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.4.10
Contractual Time Limits ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,...........12.2
Article or Paragraph
Number
Coordination—
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ........................6.9.2
Copies of Documents ........................................
I....., 2.2
Correction Period..................................................13.12
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
of Defective Work--
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
Acceptance of Defective Work ..........................13.13
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work.................................6.30,
13.11
Correction Period ....... ....... ......... ..............13.12
OWNER May Correct Defective Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
i3.14
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
Cost --
of Tests and Inspections.....................................13.4
Recordsll.7
Cost of the Work --
Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9
Cash Discounts, ............................ ..............11.4.2
CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6
Employee Expenses..................................I...11.4.5.1
Exclusions to ....................................................
11.5
General 1 l .4-11.5
Home office and overhead expenses ....................11.5
Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6
Materials and equipment ................................
11.4.2
Minor expenses ....... ......... ......... ...........11.4.5.8
Payroll costs on changes.................................11.4.1
performed by Subcontractors ......... ..............1.1.4.3
Recordsll.7
Rentals of construction equipment
and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3
Royalty payments, permits and
license fees............................................11.4.5.5
Site office and temporary facilities ................
j 1.4.5.2
Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's.....
I ....... 11.4.4
Supplemental.................................................11.4.5
Taxes related to the Work.............................1.1.4.5.4
Tests and Inspection..........................................13.4
Trade Discounts.............................................11.4.2
Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilitie$..............i
1.4.5.7
Work after regular hours.................................11.4.1
Covering Work...............................................13.6-13.7
Cumulative Remedies......................................17.4-17.5
Cutting, fitting and patching .... ......... ...................7.2
Data, to be furnished by OWNER..............................8.3
Day --definition of................................................17.2.2
Decisions on Disputes., ... I ...............................
9.11,9.12
defective --definition of...................................I.......1.14
defective Work --
Acceptance of......................................10.4.1,
13.13
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS
1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS
(REV 9/99)
Correction or Removal of......................10.4.1, 13.11
Correction Period............................................13.12
in general.........................................13, 14.7, 14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Observation by ENGINEER ................... 9.2
OWNER May Stop Work .... .............................
13.10
Prompt Notice of Defects ...................................
13.1
Rejecting ................. ...............9.6
...........................
Uncovering the World.......................................13.8
Definitions ................................................................
I
Delays......................................4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4
Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................
2.7
Determinations for Unit Prices .....................
9.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions--
Notice of .........................4.2.3
.............................. .
ENGINEER's Review .......................................
....._. .....4.2.4
....................... .
Possible Contract Documents Change .............
4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments...
4.2.6
Discrepancies -Reporting
and Resolving................................2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Dispute Resolution --
Agreement ............................................ ....16.1-16.6
Arbitration .............. ................16.1-16.5
.................
genera116
Mediation ........................
...............................
1.6.6
Dispute Resolution Agreement .................
16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ...................
Documents --
Copiesof...........................................................2.2
Record 6.19
Reuse of
Drawings --definition of
..............................
1.15
Easements ........................... .......................
...........4.1
Effective date of Agreement -- definition o1 ............
. J.16
Emergencies..,.... .......................6.23
..........................
ENGINEER --
as initial interpreter on disputed .................9.11-9.12
definition of
................................................
1.17
Limitations on authority and responsibilities...., 9.13
Replacement of ..................................................
8.2
Resident Project Representative .....................
9.3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition Of..................1.18
ENGINEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations or) ........
9.13
Authorized Variations in the Work...........
9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for, ......9.7,
10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations ... ...........3.6.3,
9.4
Decisions on Disputes ................ .9.11-9.12
defective Work, notice of .....„ ...........................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items
.......................
....6.7.3
Liability ................. 6.32, 9.12
.................................
Notice Work is Acceptable...............................14.13
Observations...........................................6.30.2,
9.2
OWNER's Representative .......................9.1
.......
Payments to the CONTRACTOR.
Responsibility for.....................................9.9, 14
Recommendation of Payment ....................j4.4, 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Number
Responsibilities --Limitations on.................9.11-9.13
Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions ..._........
4.2.4
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility..............................................
6.26
Status During Construction --
authorized variations in the Work..,,,,.
*.......9.5
Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4
Decisions on Disputes...... ..... ...
..........
9.11-9.12
Determinations on Unit Price
ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ..........
9.11-9.12
ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities..............................9.13
OWNER's Representative......,.,..
9..1
Project Representative ..................
9.3
Rejecting Defective Work ..................
9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments....................................9.7-9.9
Visits to Site .................................
9
Unit Price determinations .................................
.9.10
Visits to Site .............................................
9 2
Written consent required...,,,. _
7.2, 9.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and,,.....
6.3-6.5
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work...,,,...
11.4.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment.... ..................
¢.7
error or omissions. ..................................................
6.33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements,.........
8.11
Explorations of physical conditions...,,...
4.2.1
Fee, CONTRACTOR'S --Costs Plus.......
. 11.6
Field Order--
definition of ......................................................
119
issued by ENGINEER ..................
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment...... ..................
Final Inspection....
...._.14.12
Final Payment --
and Acceptance......,, ***........................ 14.13-14.14
Prior to, for cash allowances.....,....
11.8
General Provisions...... ....................
17.3-17.4
General Requirements--
definition of.,, ...................
1.20
principal references to..............2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7,
6.24
Giving Notice ................. ...... ...............
.......... .
17.1
Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR ........ 6.30,
14.12
Hazard Communication Programs ..................
6.22
Hazardous Waste --
definition of.....................................................1.21
general.,...........................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for ..................... .8.10
ix
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Indemnification..............................¢.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33
Initially Acceptable Schedules....................................2•9
Inspection --
Certificates of..............................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12
Final...........................................................14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special, required by ENGINEER .........................9.6
Tests and Approval.............................$.7,
13.3-13.4
Insurance --
Acceptance of, by OWNER...............................5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work............................I...............11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work.....................................2.7
Bonds and --in general...........................................5
Cancellation Provisions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
5.8
Certificates of...................2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
........................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4,
14.12
completed operations......................................5.4.13
CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4
CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage.............5.14
Contractual Liability......................................5.4.10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's
responsibility................................................5.9
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Licensed Insurers...............................................5.3
Notice requirements, material changes ,,,,,...5.8,
10.5
Option to Replace.............................................5.14
other special insurances....................................5.10
OWNER as fiduciary for insureds..............5.12-5.13
OWNER's Liability ............................................
5.5
OWNER's Responsibility.....................................8.5
Partial Utilization, Property Insurance...............5.15
Property....................................................
5.6-5.10
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds ..............................................
5.12-5.13
Special Insurance ....... ............ ..........................
5.10
Waiver of Rights ..... ......... ...........................5.11
Intent of Contract ocuments...............................3.1-3.4
Interpretations and Clarifications
,3.6.3, 9.4
Investigations of physical conditions .........................4.2
Labor, aterials and Equipment..........................6.3-6.5
Lands --
and Easements...................................................8.4
Availability of.............................................4.1,
8.4
Reports and Tests...............................................8A
La s and Regulations --La s or Regulations--
Bonds........................................................5.1-5.2
Changes in the Work ,,,,,,,,,,10.4
Contract ocuments,,,3.1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities6.14
Correction Period, defective Work,,, ..................
13.12
Cost of the Work, taxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
11.4.5.4
definition of. ....................................................
1.22
genera16.14
Indemnification....................................... .......................
x
Insurance...........................................................5.3
Precedence................................................3.1, 3.3.3
Reference to .................................................... 3.3.1
Safety and Protection................................6.20, 13.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ........... 6.8-6.1 1
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
Use of Premises.................................................6.16
Visits to Site.......................................................9.2
Liability Insurance--
CONTRACTOR's................................................5.4
OWNER's...........................................................5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurer5.................................
5.3
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title....................14.3
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
definition of.....................................................1.23
Waiver of Claims............................................14.15
Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibilities.................................................
9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized......................................................4.2.2
Maintenance and Operating Manuals --
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Manuals (of others)--
Precedence....................................................3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Documents ..................3.3.1
Materials and equipment --
furnished by CONTRACTOR .................
6.3
not incorporated in Work..................................14.2
Materials or equipment --equivalent ...........................6.7
Mediation (Optional)..............................................16.7
Milestones --definition of........................................1.24
Miscellaneous --
Computation of Times.......................................17.2
Cumulative Remedies ........................................
17.4
Giving Notice....................................................17.1
Notice of Claim.................................................17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .........
17.5
Multi -prime contracts..................................................7
Not Shown or Indicated.........................................4.3.2
Notice of --
Acceptability of Project.....................................14.13
Award, definition of.........................................1.25
Claim............................................................17.3
Defects,13.1
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ......
4.2.3
Giving............................................................f7.1
Tests and Inspections........................................13.3
Variation, Shop Drawing and Samplq.................6.27
Notice to Proceed --
definition of.....................................................1.26
givingof ........................................................... 2.3
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Notification to Surety..............................................10.5
Observations, by ENGINEER .................. 6.30, 9.2
Occupancy of the Work ................... 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR................6.9, 9.13
Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5.6.2
Option to Replace ....................... 5.14
.............................
Article or Paragraph
Number
"Or Equal" Items......,.... 6 7
.........................................
Other work 7
Overtime Work --prohibition of .................................
6.3
OWNER --
Acceptance ofdefective Work
.......13.13
appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2
as fiduciary...............................................5.12-5.13
Availability of Lands, responsibility .....................4.1
definition of .......... I .............
data, furnish .................................
May Correct Defective Work .....................
13.14
May refuse to make payment ..... ............
14.7
May Stop the Work
May Suspend Work,
Terminate ...........................8.8, 13.10,
15.1-15.4
Payment, make prompt.....................8,3, 14.4,
14.13
performance of other work .........................
7.1
permits and licenses, requirements .................
6.13
purchased insurance requirements ...............5.6-5.10
OWNER's--
Acceptance of the Work ..............
..................
6.30.2.5
Change Orders, obligation to execute
. ...........
8.6, 10.4
Communications .................................................
8.1
Coordination of the Work 7.4
Disputes, request for decision............................9.11
Inspections, tests and approvals.,,_.._
8.7 13.4
Liability Insurance ..............................................
5.5
Notice of Defects .............................................
I3.1
Representative --During Construction,
.
ENGINEER's Status
Responsibilities --
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material................8.10
Change Orders..............................................8.6
Changes in the Work.............................
......10.1
communications ............................................
8,1
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities,,,,,,,, ,,
,,,,,,,, 8.9
evidence of financial arrangements..............8.11
inspections, tests and approvals ....................
8,7
insurance .......................................................
8 5
lands and easements .............................
........ 8.4
prompt payment by ................................
I....... 8.3
replacement of ENGINEER ............................
8.2
reports and tests ........................
g 4
stop or suspend Work ..8.8, 13.10, 15.1
................
terminate CONTRACTOR's
services.......:. ..............8.8,
................. .
15.2
separate representative at site ............................
9.3
Xi
testing, independent,,... ..........13.4
..........................
use or occupancy
of the Work.,,.... 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
written consent or approval
required ................... ..........9.1, 6.3, 11.4
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required ........... I ............
7.1, 9.4, 9.11,
....................................11.2
, 11.9 , 14.7 , 15.4
PCBs --
definition of.....................................................1.29
general...............................................
I ..............4.5
OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10
Partial Utilization --
definition of.....................................................1.28
general 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Property Insurance ............................................
5.15
Patent Fees and Royalties . ......... .........
..............6.12
Payment Bonds..................................................5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation of..............14.4-14.7,
14.13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion
--
Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ...................14.3
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Final Inspection...............................................14.11
Final Payment and Acceptancg ................14.13-14.14
general.........................................................$.3,
14
Partial Utilization ............................................
14.10
Retainage..........................................................14.2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments...............................14.4-14.7
prompt payment..................................................8.3
Schedule of Values, ............................................
14.1
Substantial Completion...............................14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims
14.15
when payments due .................................
14.4, 14.13
withholding payment . ......... .........
...............14.7
Performance Bonds ......... ......... .........
..........5.1-5.2
Permits ..............................................................
6.13
Petroleum --
definition of......................................................1.3C
general................... ...........................................
4•
OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings of in or relating to ........................
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's review .........................................
4.2.4
existing structures, ...........................................4.2.2
general 4.2.1.2 ......... ......... ......... .....
.
.... ..........
........
..
.........4.2.3
4.2.5
........4.2.6
4.2.1
4.2.1.1
...,. 4.2.2
Subsurface and,.,,,...,.
......... 4.2
................
Subsurface Conditions
..............................
Technical Data, Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Underground Facilities--
general....................................................
4.3
�4.3.2
4.3, 6.20
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated ............................... .
................
4.3.1
Technical Data...............................................4.2.2
Preconstruction Conferencg
2.8
Preliminary Matters,,,,,,,,,,,,,
..2
Preliminary Schedules ..............................................
2.6
Premises, Use of..............................................6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract..........................................
I I
Price, Contract --definition of ..................................
1.11
Progress Payment, Applications for ..........................14.2
Progress Payment--retainage...................................
14.2
Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's....... ......
2.6, 2.8, 2.9,
6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Project --definition of...............................................1.31
Project Representative—
ENGINEER's Status During Construction ..... .,,.,..,9.3
Project Representative, Resident --definition of .........1.33
prompt payment by OWNER..........................I..........8.3
Property Insurance--
Additional.........................................................5.7
genera15.6-5.10
Partial Utilization......................„..,..,,,5.15,
14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds.............5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and..............................6.20-6.21,
13.2
Punch list ............................................................
14.11
Radioactive Material--
defintion of.....................................................1.32
general4.5
OWNER's responsibility for..............................8.10
Recommendation of Payment.................14.4, 14.5, 14.13
Record Documents ................... ................,
6.19, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining .... ...................2.8
Reference Points ........................................................
4.4
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies............
3.3
Regulations, Laws and(or),,,,,,,,,
.... 6.14
Rejecting Defective Work..........................................9.6
Related Work --
atSite........................................................7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review.....................6.28
Remedies, cumulative......................................17.4,
17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefective Work................13.11
rental agreements, OWNER approval required ..... 11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER by OWNER ....................
8.2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies.................................2.5,
3.3.2, 6.14.2
Reports --
and Drawings.................................................4.2.1
and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ......................8A
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of....................................................1.33
provisionfor............................................................9.3
xii
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'$ ............. ...6.2
Responsibilities—
CONTRACTOR's-in general ...............
ENGINEER's-in general ...............•.... . .9
.............
Limitations on.............................................9.13
OWNER'S -in general.............................................8
Retainage............................................................J.4.2
Reuse of Documents
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal... .......................6.25
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ... * * ...
......................
.......14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment .............................................
10.2
Rights of Way............................................................
4.1
Royalties, Patent Fees and
......6.12
Safe Structural Loading ...................
.......... 6.18
Safety --
and Protection ................................
4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18,
......................................6.20-6.21,
7.2, 13.2
general.....................................................
20-6.23
Representative, CONTRACTOR's.......................
6.21
Samples --
definition of
...................................
. 1.34
general ....................... . .....................
6.24-6.2 8
Review by CONTRACTOR ..............................
6.25
Review by ENGINEER ..............................
6.26, 6.27
related Work6.28
submittal of .................................
6.24.2
submittal procedures ...................................
6.25
Schedule of progress .............................
2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6,
.........................................6.29,
10.4,15.2.1
Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals ....••..........................6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values ..................
2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to ........................................
•.........15.2.1
Adjusting...................................................
........6.6
Change of Contract Times•,,,,. ........................
10.4
Initially Acceptable...... .................................
.
2.8, 2.9
Preliminary........................................................2.6
Scope of Changes.......................................10.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions .........................................
4.2.1.1
Shop Drawings --
and Samples, general .........................
........ 6.24-6.28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payments, and ...............................
..........9.7-9.9
definition of ...........................................
...........1.35
ENGINEER's approval of ..................................
3.6.2
ENGINEER's responsibility
for review ..... ................................
.7 6.24-6.28
related Work .,...... •
...........6.28
review procedures...............................2.8,
6.24-6.28
xin
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required ..............................................
6.24.1
Submittal Procedures..,,•.•.. ..................
..6.25
use to approve substitutions •.••••
6.7.3
Shown or Indicated ...............................................
...............................
4.3.1
Site Access
7 2, 13.2
Site Cleanliness ............
.....................................
6.17
Site, Visits to --
by ENGINEER...........................................9.2,
13.2
by others ...................................... .............
.......13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance
$ 6 2
definition of.....................................................1.36
Specifications_
defination of....................................................1.36
of Technical Societies, reference tQ..................
� 3.1
precedence
3.3
Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ...,•, 3.3
Starting Construction, Before ................................
2•5-2.8
Starting the Work
2
Stop or Suspend Work--
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
by OWNER ..................................... 8.8, 13.10, 15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................
4.1, 7.2
Structural Loading, Safety .......................................
..........................
6.18
Subcontractor--
Concerning ................................................
6.8-6.11
definition of .............................................
1.37
delays ............... .............12.3
...........
......
waiver of rights,.•,•••• .... ,,.•....••,•6.11
................... ,,,
Subcontractors --in general..•,•„
6.8-6.11
Subcontracts --required provision$ ......... 5.11, 6.11,
11.4.3
Submittals --
Applications for Payment,.••,•,_.••
14.2
Maintenance and Operation Manuals ...............
14.12
Procedures ................................
......................
Progress Schedules .,_.••„•••............................2.6,
.6.25
2.9
Samples .............. ................0.24-6.28
.....................
Schedule of Values ...................................
.•2.6, 14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions,.,,••......•.. ..............2.6,
...
2.8-2.9
ShopDrawings ........................................ ................
Substantial Completion --
certification of,•,••••• 6.30.2.3,
14.8-14.9
definition of_••,•• ..................................
Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures
„ .1.38
6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items
6.7
CONTRACTOR's Expense..........................6.7.1.3
..
ENGINEER's Evaluation •••......................
6.7.3
"Or-Equal"...................................................0.7.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Temporary construction facilities 4.1
Article or Paragraph
Article or Paragraph
Number
Number
or Procedures.............................................6.7.2
Termination --
Substitute Items ............................................
6.7.1.2
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
Subsurface and Physical Conditions--
by OWNER ........................................
8.8, 15.1-15.4
Drawings of, in or relatng to ........................
4.2.1.2
of ENGINEER's employment ...............................
8.2
ENGINEER's Review ..................................
4.2.4
Suspension of Work-in general....,,,,
,,,,.,,,. .,.....,15
general..............................................................4.2
Terms and Adjectives ..............................................
3.4
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Tests and Inspections--
Authorized.................................................4.2.2
Access to the Work, by others ............................
)3.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities
...................... 13.5
Physical Conditions.........................................4.2.3
cost of 13.4
Physical Conditions.......................................4.2.1.2
covering Work prior to ..............................
13.6-13.7
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Laws and Regulations(or)................................
13.5
Possible Price andTimes Adjustments...............4.2.6
Notice of Defects ...............................................
13.1
Reports and Drawings ....................... ............
4.2.1
OWNER May Stop Work.... .........
...............13.10
Subsurface and ........... ............ . ..... ..............
4.2
OWNER's independent testing,.,,,,,
.................13.4
Subsurface Conditions at the Site ....... ..........4.2.1.1
special, required by ENGINEER.....
..................9.6
Technical Data.................................................4.2.2
timely notice required .......................................
13.4
Supervision--
Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ...........................6.I
request .................................................
13.8-13.9
OWNER shall not supervise................................8.9
Times --
ENGINEER shall not supervisq................
9.2, 9.13.2
Adjusting..........................................................
6.6
Superintendence.......................................................6.2
Change of Contract......................
I......................12
Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident................6.2
Computation of..... ......................
I ..................... 17.2
Supplemental costs .............................................
Contract Times --definition of.......
................1.12
Supplementary Conditions--
day ............................. .........
................ 1,7.2.2
definition of....................................I................1.39
Milestones ..........................................................
12 —
principal references to.................1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7,
Requirements—
....................... 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3,
5.4, 5.6-5.9,
appeals.................................................
9.10, 16
................ 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11,
9.3, 9.10
clarifications,
Supplementing Contract Documents .........................3.6
claims and disputes ..................
9.11, 11.2, 12 -
Supplier--
Commencement of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.3
definition of.....................................................1.40
Preconstruction Conference,,,,,.,.,,
................. �.8
principal references to ........... 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11,
6.20,
schedules.........................................2.6,
2.9, 6.6
..........6.24, 9.13, 14.12
Starting the Work ..................
I......................2.4
Waiver of Rights...............................................6.11
Title, Warranty of ....................................................
14.3
Surety--
Uncovering Work............................................13.8-13.9
consent to final payment
14.12, 14.14
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions-- `-
ENGINEER has no duty to........... ...........
..........9.13
definition of ..............................
....................... 1.41
Notification of..................................10.1, 10.5, 15.2
Not Shown or Indicated ...................................
4.3.2
qualification of . .... ............ ....... ..................
... 5.1-5.3
protection of.......... ......... .......................4.3,
6.20 _
Survival of Obligations ...........................................
6.34
Shown or Indicated. .... ...................................
..4.3.1
Suspend Work, OWNER May ..... ................13.10,
15.1
Unit Price Work --
Suspension of Work and Termination--
.......................
15
claims.........................................................1,1.9.3
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
definition of....................................................1.42
—
or Terminate...............................................15.5
general11.9, 14.1, 14.5
OWNER May Suspend Work..............................15.1
Unit Prices --
OWNER May Terminate.............................15.2-15.4
general l 1.3.1
Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR
6.15
Determination for .,,....,,....................................9.10
........................
Technical Data--
Use of Premises .................................
6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR .................4.2.2
Utility owners ............................. 0.13,
6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Utilization, Partial ................... 1.28,
5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 —
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Value of the Work...................................................11.3
Physical Conditions
.....4.2.3
Values, Schedule of
2.6 2.8-2.9 14.1
xiv
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) -
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Variations in Work --Minor
Authorized......... 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
Number
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER 9.2
..................................
Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ................ ...14.15
Waiver of Rights by insured partied ............... .5.11, 6.11
Warranty and Guarantee, General --by
CONTRACTOR .......................... ...6.30
Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR'S,.......,. 14.3
Work-- . . .
Accessto..........................................................1.3.2
by others, 7
Changes in the.....................................................10
Continuing the,..... ....................... 6.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate ..........15.5
Coordination of .................. ... ..............................7.4
Cost of the........... .11.4-11.5
.................
definition of ACTOR 1.43
............................... .
neglected by CONTR....................... . 1.3.14
other Work ..................... 7
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
OWNER May Suspend Work ...............„. 13.10, 15.1
...
Related, Work at Site ....7.1-7.3
..............................
Starting the .......................... . ..2.4
Stopping by CONTRACTOR ...... .. ..............1.5.5
Stopping by OWNER .........
........................ 15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized, minor ........... 3.6
Work Change Directive --
claims pursuant to 10 2
..............................................
definition of 1 44
................................................
principal references to ................... 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2
Written Amendment --
definition of 1.45
principal references to...............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12,
.........................6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4,
............................ 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Written Clarifications and
Interpretations 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
Written Notice Required--
by CONTRACTOR............................7.1, 9.10-9.11,
........................................... 10.4, 11.2, 12.1
by OWNER ................... 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14
Xv
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Software will be included for optionally maintaining a lower
irrigation system pressure when not irrigating. Reduced
pressure values will be shown in the technical data sheet.
Controls will cycle the PM pump at these reduced
pressures during non -irrigation times and pressure will
gradually increase to design pressure when the irrigation
periods begin.
Neither flow meter nor VFD output frequency shall be used
for shutting down last VFD driven pump. Controls and
software shall incorporate a method to eliminate excessive
cycling of VFD pump at very low flow conditions, yet not
run the pump excessively at no flow conditions.
d. Real time clock calendar allows PLC to internally provide
all date and time functions used above.
e. Two separately adjustable PID control loops for both low
flow and high flow pressure stability.
Provide system that allows user to field select either two
modes of VFD operation. Auto switch VFD option allows
VFD to sequentially start each pump. The standard mode
of operation starts the first main pump on the VFD and the
remaining pump starts across the line as required.
g. Shutoff algorithm for fixed speed pumps to minimize pump
cycling while also remaining responsive to sudden flow
reductions. Minimum run timers alone for minimizing fixed
speed pump cycling is not acceptable. Discharging
through relief valve during pump transitions is not
acceptable.
Full manual operation capability with panel face mounted
speed potentiometer for manually adjusting VFD speed.
System can be immediately and directly switched from
manual to automatic mode of operation. This allows for
manual pressurization and immediate switching capability
to automatic.
Light test sequence. Pressing the reset button for 5
seconds illuminates all lights.
k. Rate of pressure change algorithm to rapidly determine if
there is an irrigation demand and immediately cycle on the
VFD pump, in lieu of waiting for pressure to drop to a
predetermined start pressure.
All pump station shutdowns shall be of the controlled type
which sequentially phase pumps off at user selectable
(This page left blank intentionally)
xvi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which are applicable to both the
singular and plural thereof
1.1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Agreement --The written contract between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein.
1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by
ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
1.5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
1.9. Change Order --A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in
the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
1.10. Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the
Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
same are more specifically identified in the Agreement,
together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders,
Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals
approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the
reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 are not Contract Documents.
1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's
written recommendation of final payment in accordance
with paragraph 14.13.
1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
1.14. defective --An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to
in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
1.17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant —A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
1.20. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of
the Specifications.
1.21. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended
from time to time.
1.22.a. La Ns and Regulations; Laws or Regulations --Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
1 22 b Leg -al Holidays --shall be those holidays observed
by the City of Fort Collins.
1.23. Liens --Liens, charges, security interests or
encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice of Award —A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
1.26. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the
Contract Documents.
1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority,
corporation, association, firm or person with whom
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
whom the Work is to be provided.
1.28. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls.
1.30. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene
and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude
oils.
1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
1.32.a. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
time to time.
1 32 b Rerslar Workinz Hours —Regular working hours
are defined as 7:00am to 6:00pm unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements.
1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized
representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof.
1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a
specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where,
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the
Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of
final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits,
ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or
other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or
materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems or water.
1.42. Unit Price Work -Work to be paid for on the basis
of unit prices.
1.43. Work -The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction, and performing or furnishing services and
furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
1.44. Work Change Directive --A written directive to
CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract
Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as
provided in paragraph 10.2.
1.45, Written Amendment --A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.
2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at
any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement. in no eNef %gj the -Eentfaet-dies
e0fliffieflee k) FUR later than the sok"
of Bid opening o the thii4' th day afte the Effeeliye Date
of the Agfeenwnt,-A4whever-
Starting the Work:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to run,
but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commence to run.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will -list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal;
2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar
days for each review by Engineer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,
CONTRACTOR and OWNE shall each deliver to the
other OWNER, with copies to
ENGINEER
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
reasoaWy--request requested by OWNER) which
CONTRACTOR a ^""`TAD �'"�'" " is required
to purchase and maintain v in accordance with
paragraphs 5.4, 5.6 and 5:T.
Preconstruetion Conference:
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
Initially Acceptable Schedules:
2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, at least ton days be f submission`the fi
before any work at the site beeins,
a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as apprePFiate designated by OWNER, will be
held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit
the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to
CONTRACTOR. until the schedules are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling
or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of
Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the required submittals
CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. The Contract Documents will be
construed in accordance with the law of the place of the
Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or
from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
paragraph 9.4.
3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of
Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies:
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any
governmental authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or
Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in the Contract Documents.
3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract
Documents or between the Contract Documents and
any provision of any such Law or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any
instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5,
CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in
writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that
CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or
ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and:
3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or instruction (whether
or not specifically incorporated by reference in the
Contract Documents); or
3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of such Law or Regulation).
3.3.4. In the event of conflicting or ambiguous
provisions within the Contract Documents
specifications will take Drecedence over the drawing
and addenda will take precedence over both.
Notwithstanding the foregoing the more specific
provision will take precedence over the less specific; the
more stringent will take precedence over the less
stringent: the more expensive item will take precedence
over the less expensive. On all drawings figures take
precedence over scaled dimensions Scaling of
dimensions, if done, is done at the CONTRACTOR'S
own risk.
No provision of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered" "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the tenns and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4),
or
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 10.1).
3.6. In addition, the requirements' of the Contract
Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations
and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or
more of the following ways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of Documents:
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed, rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR.
of or fil�b a meehanie's lien
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -
way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of:
4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents;
and
4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents.
4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized;
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such data, interpretations, opinions or
information.
4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical
Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either:
4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
indicated in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, pret"pt! immediately after
becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions
or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or
tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing
(with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's
findings and conclusions.
4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition
causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost
of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject,
however, to the following:
4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or
more of the categories described in
paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2:3.4, inclusive;
4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an
automatic authorization of nor a condition
precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment;
4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract
Price will be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and
4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if,
4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of
the existence of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
commitment to OWNER in respect of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or
4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such
condition could reasonably have been
discovered or revealed as a result of any
examination, investigation, exploration,
test or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment; or
4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project.
4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating
all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv) the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as
provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, pfenM34y
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith (except
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent, if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequences
of the existence of the Underground Facility. If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a
Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such consequences. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shad may be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could
not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or
to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the
Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material.
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
property exposed thereto in connection with the Work
at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the
current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of
Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority
to act.
5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers, Certificates of
Insurance:
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained
from surety or insurance companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the
Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies
for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety
and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be
provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain
in accordance with paragraph 5.4. 03 >r i
deliver- to CONTRACTOR,..:th ,. pies to =aeh
_'fir___ _
additional *nsared identified in the Supplementa
Conditions, eerti€leates of zresuranee 'and ether
or any ether additional --i—s—ed) whieh OWNER i
--r-ed to pur-ehase and maintain in fteOF&Aee With
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
"PT
• •. I. •. •• �.NNW
DO W
J
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in
the tx OFk to the to t F deduetibl is that .... ...,... me cicscii«-uirTazcmxccro.c•£�moviaS+naraaz
identified in the—SepplemeRtatt, Eenditiens. The risk e
less within sueh identified deduetible afneunt, will be befne
by CONTRACTOR, Subeentmeter- or- others suffer-ing an)
ueh less - and if any them wishes eever-age within the limits of sueh amount
puFehase and maintain it at thej. I
..
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
10 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
internals to reduce water hammer within the irrigation
system.
7. Operator Interface Device (OID):
a. The pump station shall include a NEMA 4, 40 character
LED display and keypad mounted on the control panel
door. This device will allow the operator to view and
selectively modify all registers in the PLC. The unit shall
store its messages in non-volatile memory. The operator
interface device shall incorporate password protection for
protecting data integrity. The device will allow for display
and modification of all timers, set points, lockout times, etc.
The device shall communicate with the PLC through the
programming port, and shall include an RS232
communications port allowing a printer to be attached for
real time station status logging.
b. The OID shall be an information system only and not
required for pump station operation. No switches, reset
buttons, general alarm light, run lights or speed
potentiometers are included within this unit. This pump
station will be fully functional in the event the OID unit
should fail.
C. In addition to normal data entry keys, the device shall
include a minimum of the following function keys labeled:
(1) Event. Displays one of three data logging
functions.
(a) Operator can scroll through the historical
pump station flows and pressures for up to
the last 7 days. The operator can change
sampling time periods (from 1 to 60
minutes). Averages are taken over the
sample period and the average recorded
with time stamp.
(b) The last 128 sequential pump station events
with time of occurrence. Events shall
include but not be limited to: all alarms,
starting of individual pumps, stopping of
individual pumps and changing of selector
switches.
(c) Station flow and pressure are shown every
second for the previous 60 seconds and
every minute for the previous 30 minutes. If
a shutdown occurs, the flow and pressure
tables are locked in so that the operator
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the
insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of
paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days
after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with
the insurers
interest, OWNER as fidueiai:y shall give bond fer- t
Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance, Option to Replace:
5.14. If eitherpafty '03AINERor—CONTRACTORR)
OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provisions of the Bells er insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the other pa
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the
objeeting paFty shall so notify the other paFty OWNER will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing within teri fifteen days
after I=eeeipt delivery of the certificates (o- ethe_ evide_ee
r-egaested) to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7.
OW"ER and CONTRACTOR "I eae-h preNide . t
pfwvided as the other- may reasonably r-eqtiest. if eMe
party does not Y hall f ■1 Bonds d
equir-ed of such pafty by the Centfaet
Doeuments, sueh party shall notify the other- paFty i
%44inab of sueh f.. :1a purehase hprior- to the . L. f4 C.the requifed eever-age. Without pFejudiee to any ether right
Partial Utilization —Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may
be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10;
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR' representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment.
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise
required for the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit
overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday,
Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER
no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be
performed on Saturday, Sunday, Holidays or outside the
Regular Working Hours.
IF
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR
must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the
offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management
Division or the City Clerk's office.
6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins
Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers
of cement or products containing cement to certify that
the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it
may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items:
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or description is
intended to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description
12 EJCDC GENERAL, CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4i2000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like,
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the following
circumstances:
6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole -
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required, it may
be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal"
item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items.
6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment --
proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as
an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will
include the following as supplemented in the
General Requirements and as ENGINEER may
decide is appropriate under the circumstances.
Requests for review of proposed substitute items
of material or equipment will not be accepted by
ENGINEER from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or F
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make
written application to ENGINEER for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will
perform adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be similar
in substance to that specified and be suited to the
same use as that specified. The application will
state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation
and acceptance of the proposed substitute will
prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of
Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work
will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) to adapt the design to the proposed —
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that —
specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement
service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including costs of
redesign and claims of other contractors affected
by the resulting change, all of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
the proposed substitute.
6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORS Expense: All data to be
provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at
CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or
Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's
expense a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by
ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with OWNER for work on the Project)
occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such
proposed substitute item.
68. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and
Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or
ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w{ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6_9.
CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20
percent of the Work with its own forces (that is
without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement
shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of
which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract
Price.
6.8.2. If the e..PPle...e... r a•• Bidding
Documents require the identity of certain
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish the
principal items of materials or equipment) to be
submitted to OWNER in advanee of the speeified
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER#
CONTRACTOR t submitted list thereof
aeeer-danee with the Suppiementar-y Conditions
OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in
the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of
organization so identified may be r-eveked on th
in which ease —GQNTP kC-T0R shall submit
acceptable substitute the—Eentraet Price ..ill be
sueh substitutien and an appropriate Change OF&
will be issued of 'Writien Amendment signed, will
constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the
use of the named subcontractors suppliers or other
persons or organization on the Work unless prior
written approval is obtained from OWNER and
ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization any
contractual relationship between OWNER or
ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization, nor shall it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to
pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any
such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may
furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other person
or organization evidence of amounts paid to
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment"
13
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through
CONTRACTOR.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER.
is With a Silbe0FAFaetOr- OF Suppliff whe is listed as an
additional insur-ed on the pr. a provided i
par-agi-7aphs5.6 or- 5.7, the agreement between th
CONTRACTOR and the Subeentmeter. eF Skipplier- Will
;woe RII Fights against— � R, rnwrrn ACTT
i✓*rr.di ]i]iR, crrnnr�cnc �,......a.,...... And All Asher
fer- all losses and damages eaused by,
arising out a for- .°.biting &efn any of the ..eras , o..ed b5
the Work. if the insurers on aim—sueh paheies--equinSupplier-, CONTRACTOR %Q! obtain the sa
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work
of any invention, design, process, product or device which
is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If a particular invention, design, process, product or device
is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent pernutted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants
of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product or device not specified in the Contract
Documents.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
14 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees.
6.14. Laws and Regulations.
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise expressly required by applicable
Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or
Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall
not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall not . relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer,
use and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and
local sales and use taxes on materials to be
permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes
shall not be included in the Contract Price.
the project.
Address:
Colorado Department of Revenue
State Capital Annex
1375 Sherman Street
Denver, Colorado 80261
Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado
Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain
Colorado counties are collected by the State of
Colorado and are included in the Certification of
Exemption.
All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State
collected taxes) on any items other than construction
and building materials physically incorporated into the
proiect are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to
be included in appropriate bid items.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution
proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from
and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial
Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents.
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that will endanger it.
Record Documents:
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to
paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be
available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion
of the Work, and prior to release of final payment these
record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be
delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1, all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Work;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for
safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or
6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety
and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Safety Representative:
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or
other hazard conununication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
Emergencies:
6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written
notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action.
6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals
will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in
the number of copies specified in the General
Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the
materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the
information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.26.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use for which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
16 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in
the Specifications.
6.25. Submittal Procedures:
6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions, specified performance criteria,
installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and
6.25.1.3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that submittal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission,
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice
to be in a written communication separate from the
submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and
Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval of each such variation.
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of
Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information
given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by a specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1.
6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as
required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed
prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent
submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the Work.
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall cant' on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and
Guarantee:
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release
of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Substantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents;
6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
part thereof by OWNER;
6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13;
6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER.
Indemnification:
6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including,
but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage:
(i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part
by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused
in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed
upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity.
6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or
ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
17
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.33. The indemnification obligations of
CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants,
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
Survival of Obligations:
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties,
and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting any such other work and
(ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles I 1 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes
that such performance will involve additional expense to
CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility
owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and
the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that
may be required to make its several parts come together
properly and integrate with such other work.
CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of
ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected.
The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and
other contractors to the extent that there are comparable
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
18 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said
direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified;
7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4.3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General
Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that
of the former ENGINEER.
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1
and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
and Fnaif4aiaingliability
and pr-epeFt
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNER's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER
and ENGINEER.
Visits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects
of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations,
ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
detemune, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER
will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -
site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility
set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without
limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or performance of the Work.
Project Representative:
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of
the Work. The responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 and in the Supplementa
GenditieAs of these General Conditions. If OWNER
designates another representative or agent to represent
OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEERS Consultant,
agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
provided in the SupplementaFy Condition paragraph 9.3
of these General Conditions. If the ENGINEER furnishes
a Resident Proiect Representative (RPR) or other
assistants, or if the OWNER designates a Representative
or agent all as provided in paragraph 9.3 of the General
Conditions, these Representatives shall have the authority
and limitations as provided in paragraph 9.13 of the
General Conditions and shall be subject to the following:
9.3.1. The Representative's dealings in matters
pertaining to the on -site work will in general be with
the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. But the
Representative will keep the OWNER properly
advised about such matters. The Representative's
dealings with subcontractors will only be through or
with the full knowledge and approval of the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities. Representative
will:
9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress
m
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and consult with the
ENGINEER concerning acceptability.
9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend
meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as
preconstruction conferences, progress meetings
and other job conferences and prepare and
circulate copies of minutes of meetings.
9.3.2.3. Liaison
9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison
with CONTRACTOR, working_ principally
through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding
the Contract Documents.
9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER
additional details or information, when
required for proper execution of the Work.
9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR of the commencement of
any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or
sample submission if the submission has not
been approved by the ENGINEER.
9.3.2.4.Review of Work, Rejection of Defective
Work, Inspections and Tests -
9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of
the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER
in determining that the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.3.2.4.2. Report to the ENGINEER
whenever the Representative believes that the
Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or
does not conform to the Contract Documents
or has been damaged, or does not meet the
requirements of any inspections, tests or
approvals required to be made, and advise the
ENGINEER when he believes work should be
corrected or rejected or should be uncovered
for observation, or requires special testing,
inspection or approval.
9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting inspectors
representing_ public or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the Project, record the results
of these inspections and report to the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.5. Interpretation of Contract
Documents. Report to ENGINEER when
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
_Documents are needed and transmit to
CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation
of the Contract Documents as issued by _ the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
20 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
modification in Drawings or Specifications and
report these recommendations to ENGINEER.
Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR
decisions issued by the ENGINEER.
9.3.2.7. Records.
9.3.2.7.1. Maintain at the Representative's
office orderly files concerning
correspondence, reports of iob conferences,
Shop Drawings and samples, reproductions
or original Contract Documents including all
Work Directive Changes, Addenda, Change
orders, Field Orders, additional drawings
issued subsequent to the execution of the
Agreement, ENGINEER'S clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract Documents,
progress reports and other project
documents.
9.3.2.7.2. Keep a diary, daily
resort form, or log book, recording hours on
the iob site, weather conditions, data relative
to questions of work directive changes,
Change Orders, or changed conditions, list
of job site visitors, daily activities, decisions,
observations in general and specific
observations in more detail as in the case of
observing test procedures; send copies to the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.7.3. Record names,
addresses and telephone numbers of all
CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and
major suppliers of equipment and materials.
9.3.2.8. Reports.
9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGINEER periodic
reports, as required, of the progress of the
Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S
compliance with the progress schedule and
schedule of shop Drawing and sample
submittals.
9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in
advance of scheduling maior tests,
inspections or start of important phases of the
Work.
9.3.2.8.3. Draft proposed Change Orders
and Work Directive Changes, obtaining
backup material from the CONTRACTOR
and recommend to ENGINEER Change
Orders. Work Directive Changes and field
orders.
9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately to
ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of
any accident.
9.3.2.9. Payment Requests. Review applications
for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance
with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendation to
may view how the pump station was
performing immediately before the
shutdown occurred.
(2) Status. Will display the current operating status.
When the station is running, the display will show
the setpoint pressure, actual pressure, flow, and
pump rpm.
(3) Alarm Info. It will display detailed information on
the alarm, time of occurrence, pumps operating at
time of alarm and how to correct the alarm
condition.
(4) Daily Log. It will display the following: Last time of
log reset, individual pump run times, run times
since last reset, pump starts, pump starts since last
reset, total flow, total flow since last reset, highest
flow rate with time of occurrence, alarm conditions,
and times since last reset.
(5) Scroll Key. Used to scroll up and down through
data.
8. Operation:
a. During non -irrigation times, the pressure maintenance
Pump (PM) will cycle on and off as required to maintain
irrigation system pressure. The cycling pressures can be
user selected and can be set substantially below normal
set point pressure, if desired. If the PM pump cannot
maintain the desired pressure, then the VFD will start the
first pump and will gradually ramp the pressure up to
desired irrigation pressure.
b. The pump speed will be modulated to hold a constant
discharge pressure regardless of flow. As the flow rate
increases and the VFD pump can no longer maintain
pressure while at maximum speed, the next sequential
pump will be started and the VFD driven pump will
accordingly reduce its speed and modulate.
An algorithm shall be include for accurately reducing the
VFD pump speed as the next sequential pump is started
so that no pressure surges are generated during the
transition (even with across the line starting). If the user
prefers to switch the VFD from pump to pump for
sequential starting, he can select this option with the OID.
d. As the flow continues to increase, pumps will sequentially
be started until all pumps are operating. As the flow
ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of
the payment requested to the schedule of values
work completed and materials and equipment
delivered at the site but not incorporated in the
Work.
9.3.2.10. Completion.
9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a
Certificate of Substantial Completion submit
to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items
requiring correction or completion.
9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the
company of the ENGINEER OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of
items to be corrected or completed.
9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the
final list have been corrected or completed and
make recommendations to ENGINEER
concerning acceptance.
9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall
not:
9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the
Contract Documents or accept any substitute
materials or equipment unless authorized by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S
authority as set forth in the Contract Documents
9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities
of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or
CONTRACTOR'S superintendent
9.3.3.4. Advise on, or issue directions relative
to, or assume control over any aspect of the
means methods techniques sequences or
procedures for construction unless such is
specifically called for in the Contract Documents
9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions
regarding or assume control over safe
precautions and programs in connections with the
Work.
9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample
submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the
Work in whole or in part
9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or
laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others
except as specifically authorized by the
ENGINEER.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree
to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
Authorized Variations in Work:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also on
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article I 1 or 12.
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by
the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the
Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:
9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through
6.28 inclusive.
9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written
decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
21
for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision
thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of
any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of
intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an
appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may
have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless
otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or
the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of
the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph.
Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter
will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the
other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or
event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will
be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within
sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the
submission of additional or more accurate data in support
of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant
within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within
thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will
be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR
unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken
within the time limits and in accordance with the
procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such
Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's
written decision is delivered by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within
thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal
proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of
competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies
as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such
22 F1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
such claim, dispute or other matter pur-suant te AAiele 16.
9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and
Responsibilities:
9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or
responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision
made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other person or organization, or to any surety for
or employee or agent of any of them.
9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control or have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or
organization performing or furnishing any of the
Work.
9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for Payment and accompanying documentation and
all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests
and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
determine generally that their content complies with
the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
ARTICLE 10--CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be
authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any Work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
in the case of an -emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9.
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the parties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.1 l;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE I I —CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense
without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no
event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit
additional or more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to
which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this
paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive);
11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 11.6.2);
11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump sum is not reached under
paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).
Cost oj'the Work:
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the Project, shall include only the following
items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in
paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation
superintendents, foremen and other personnel
employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full-time on the Work shall
be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall include, but be limited to,
salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health and r en benefits,, ems
applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work after regular
working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,
FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
24 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All
subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
performance of the Work, and cost less market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction
equipment and machinery and the parts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof --all
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment,
machinery or parts shall cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for pen -nits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by OWNER in
accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they
have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work.
l 1.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
l l .5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4—all of which
are to be considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR's fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including but
not limited to, the correction of defective Work,
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent;
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under
paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be
paid a fee of five pereent of the amount paid to
the next lower tier Sub ntf • to be negotiated
in -good -faith with the OWNER but not to exceed
_five percent of the amount paid to the next lower
tier Subcontractor.
11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5
and 11.5;
11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the
amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive.
11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5,
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an
itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract Price
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.9. Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all
Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified
item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each separately identified item.
11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in
accordance with Article I I if:
11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
26 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w,/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and
11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or OWNER believes that
OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowled eg s that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole
discretion without affecting the Contract Price of
any remaining item so long as the deletion or
addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of
the original total Contract Price.
ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment.
Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by
the party making the claim to the other party and to
ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of
the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if
OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance
with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement.
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such
delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in
paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts
or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and
within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.
12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the
time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole
and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall
OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any
surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for
damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or
(ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but
not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners
or other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7.
ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. Notice of Defects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or
ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to
CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected,
corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
Access to Work:
13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants,
other representatives and personnel of OWNER,
independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies
with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at
reasonable t aics for their observation, inspecting and
testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of
an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Documents except:
13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered
by paragraph 13.5 below;
13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests
or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
below shall be paid as provided in said
paragraph 13.9; and
13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically
to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or
other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs
in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the
required certificates of inspection, or approval.
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's
and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs,
or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in
the Work.
13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of
ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for observation.
13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6
shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
Uncovering Work:
13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by
ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation
and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or
inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at
ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection or testing as
ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in
question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and
equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing
and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction,
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,
and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in
Article IL If, however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
(or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
27
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work.
13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.12. Correction Period:
13.12.1.If within one year two year after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written
instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the
terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of
others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the
correction period for that item may start to run from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment.
13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other
28 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to such Work
will be extended for an additional period of ene-yea
two year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
Acceptance of Defective Work.
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any
such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after
such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work.
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required
by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails
to comply with any other provision of the Contract
Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere.
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other
contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All
claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and
damages will include but not be limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the
Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with
respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER
shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR
with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or
custodianship. By executing the application for payment
form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the
benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101,
et seq.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
recommendation of payment and present the Application
to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. Ten days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's
recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated
in the recommendation), and
14.5.3. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that might entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment
previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.14, or
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or famishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a
specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or
14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1
through 15.2.4 inclusive;
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed
to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the
reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work
is substantially complete (except for items specifically
listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that
ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.
Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
30 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER
will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of responsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform
ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any
substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
(ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use
any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of
the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such
part of the Work is substantially complete and request
ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work.
begins to decrease, pumps will be sequentially turned off
until only a single VFD driven pump is operating. When a
no flow condition occurs, the VFD pump shall be turned off.
E. Skid Wiring:
All wiring from control panels to motors shall be in liquid -tight
conduit with copper conductors rated not less than 600 volts AC
and of proper size to carry the full load amperage of the motors
without exceeding 70% capacity of the conductor. A grounding
cable shall be included in the liquid- tight conduit. There shall be
no splices between the motor starters and the motor connection
boxes.
2. Wiring to flow sensors and pressure transducer shall be multi -
conductor shielded cable suitable for Class II low voltage controls.
F. Lightning Arrestor:
The main power supply feeding the pumping station shall be equipped
with a 3 phase secondary lighting arrestor having a breakdown current
rating of not less that 60,000 amps at 14,000 volts discharge. Power
supplies, 300 volts and less, shall use 300 volt rated arrestor with an 800
volt spark -over voltage. Power supplies 301-600 volts shall use 600 volt
rated arrestors with a 1,000-volt spark -over voltage.
G. Misc. Electrical Components:
Main Station Disconnect:
A three -pole main station disconnect shall be mounted in a
separate NEMA 3S enclosure to completely isolate the electrical
system from incoming power. The disconnect shall conform to the
requirements of the NEC and applicable local codes. The main
station disconnect shall have an operating handle on the front of
the panel.
2. Secondary Control Circuit Fuses:
Single -pole secondary distribution fuses with appropriate ratings
shall supply power to each pump starter coil circuit, the control
system, and to other circuits as required.
3. Phase Failure - Low Voltage Safety Shutdown:
A phase failure - low voltage system dropout relay shall be
provided to de -energize the individual pump controls and motor
sequencing control in case of either low voltage or phase failure
after a 5.0 second time delay. The resetting shall be automatic
after full power is restored for 5.0 seconds, with pumps
CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either
such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Work to determine its status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division of responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies.
Final Application for Payment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
in accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of
inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR
may make application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13,
(ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed
in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNERS
property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of
the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on
forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard
forms bound in the Proiect manual.
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the
Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17.6.2 of these
General Conditions.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
fumished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent
of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
31
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or
from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than ninety days by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Terminate:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.6);
15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or
15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
32 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be
paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so
approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order,
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without
duplication of any items):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required
by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for
overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages
incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of
anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days
by OWNER or under an order of court or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4.
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest
thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price
or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof. If . no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and
9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the
last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the computation.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a
day.
Notice of Claim:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other party within a reasonable time of the first
observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute
of limitations or repose. Cumulative Remedies:
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but
without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by
paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included:
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not
be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs.
17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this
Agreement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows;
17.6.1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101)
require that Colorado labor be employed to perform
the Work to the extent of not less than 80 percent
(80%) of each type or class of labor in the several
classifications of skilled and common labor employed
on the project. Colorado labor means any person who
is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the
time of employment, without discrimination as to race
color, creed, age, religion or sex.
17.6.2. If a claim is filed OWNER is required by
law (CRS 38-26407) to withhold from all payments to
CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the
Payment of all claims for labor, materials team hire
sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies
used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his
33
law, unless an action is commenced within that time to
enforce such unpaid claim and a notice of lis pendens is
filed with the OWNER. At the expiration of such
ninety (90) day period, OWNER shall pay to
CONTRACTOR such moneys and funds as are not the
subject of suit and lis pendens notices, and shall retain
only sufficient funds to insure the payment of
judgements which may result from the suit.
34 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(This page left blank intentionally.)
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 35
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
36 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final payment as provided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This
agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made later than thirty days after the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.1 1; and the failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will
be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day
period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made after the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations.
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below,
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any
other manner any other person or ' entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers,
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor,
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal.
16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they
shall first submit any and all unsettled claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question
between them arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation
by the American Arbitration Association under the
Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties.
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those same
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed.
GC -AI
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) GC -Al
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/94)
No Text
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions
1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and
other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General
Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests
of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work:
Proposed Horticultural Center
South of Spring Creek, West of Centre Avenue, and
North of the extension to Rolland Moore Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado
Terracon Project No. 20005136
August 17, 2000
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data
contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon
nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained
therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the
paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as
follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy
will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground
coverage unless waived by the Owner.
5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will
have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
/It11
sequentially restarting. The phase failure - low Voltage indicator
light is to remain illuminated until manually reset.
4. Low System Pressure Safety Shutdown:
Low discharge pressure is to be sensed by the pump starting set
point. When the station discharge pressure decreases to this
point and maintains a start signal for a preset time, the pumps will
be de -energized and remains so until the circuit is manually reset.
An indicator light shall illuminate to indicate a low discharge
pressure shutdown has occurred.
5. Low Water Level Safety Shutdown:
Furnish liquid level probes and controls to prevent operation of the
pumps when water levels in the wet well are insufficient. Furnish
shutdown with automatic restart after an adjustable delay. Low
water level indicator lamp shall remain lit until manually reset.
6. Corrosion Inhibiting Modules:
Corrosion inhibiting modules shall be installed in all electrical
enclosures in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
H. Standards:
All wiring shall conform to the National Electrical Code Standards.
Flexible conduit sections shall be under 5 feet in length. All
conduit to devices shall be attached securely to avoid trip hazards.
2. The manufacturer shall provide a wiring schematic. The
schematic shall show all devices, connections and wire numbers.
3. All controls and electrical equipment shall be thoroughly inspected
and tested before shipment.
2.10 PIPE SUPPORT STAND:
A. Furnish manufactured steel pipe support stand as shown on the drawings
and details. Support must be capable of supporting 500 lbs. dead load
and be adjustable within the range shown on the pump piping detail.
B. Furnish Standon Model S89 or S92 as required, with red oxide primer, as
manufactured by Material Resources, Hillsboro, Oregon, (503) 693-0727
or approved equal.
2.11 FLOW SENSOR:
A. Provide insertion type flow sensor with a glass reinforced nylon (non-
magnetic) impeller, pennlon impeller bearing, tungsten carbide impeller
5.4.9This policy will include completed operations
coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000
combined single limits (CSL).
SC-8.10 OWNER's Project Manager
A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8:
8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR
shall direct all questions concerning Contract
interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for
clarification or instruction to the Project Manager.
8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's
representative during the construction of the project.
The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth in
the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The Project
Manager shall have the authority to reject work and
materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to
ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will
make periodic visits to the project site to observe the
progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in
general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be
required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections
to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project
Manager shall not be responsible for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for
safety precautions or programs in connection with the
Work, or for any .failure of the Contractor to comply with
laws and regulation applicable to the performance or
furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by
the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the
Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work,
and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance
with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at
all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager
may perform his or her functions under the Contract
Documents.
8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may
be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing
observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the
Work is proceeding according to the construction
documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification
from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not
supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor
be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for
any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of
the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's
dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work will be
to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such
matters.
8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and
decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The
CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or
decisions of the Project Manager until the same are
reduced to writing.
13.12.1 Correction Period:
If within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws
or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the
Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR
shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER'S
written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove
and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting
therefrom...
I/:11
No Text
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950Contract Change Order
00960Application for Payment
9/99
No Text
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL o OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST
(Assuming all change orders approved
ACCEPTED BY:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor
Project File Architect
Engineer Purchasing
$ .00
0.00
0.00
0.00
$ 0.00
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
9/99 Section 00950 Page 1
No Text
Section 00960
Application for Payment
Insert pages 1 - 4
9/99
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PROJECT: PO#.
PAY ESTIMATE NO:
DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
ADDRESS:
CONTRACT FOR:
PARTIAL TO
The undersigned Contractor certifies that to
the best of his knowledge, information and
belief the work covered by this application
for Payment has been completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
that all accounts have been paid by him for
Work for which previous Certificates for
Payment were issued and payments
received, in this current payment shown
herein is now due.
CONTRACTOR:
IN
Date:
FINAL TO
In accordance with the Contract Documents,
based on site observations and the data
comprising the above application, the
Architects Certifies to the Owner that the
Work has progressed to the point indicated;
that the best of his knowledge, information
and belief, the quality of the Work is in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
and that the Contractor is entitled to payment
of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED.
ENGINEER:
By:
Date:
Application is made for Payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule of Values is
attached.
The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE
ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT
TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED
RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL)
TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD
TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS
CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
APPROVED BY:
(Title)
cc: Accounting City Clerk
Contractor Engineer
Project File
DATE:
Advancement
of Construction
Technology
CLARIFICATION
NOTICE
Project: Clarification Notice Number:
From:
To: Date:
A/F Project Number:
Re: ContractFor:
This Clarification Notice is issued for the purpose of clarifying the Contract Documents based on an interpretation reasonably inferable
from the Contract Documents, and therefore has no effect on the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proceeding with Work in accordance
with this Clarification Notice indicates acceptance with no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
Description:
❑ Attachments
Signed by: Date:
Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994
99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA CSI Form 13.3A
22314
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
City of Fort Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 3
BID #5748
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5748 Gardens on Spring Creek
OPENING DATE: Change Bid Opening Date to DECEMBER 3, 2002, 3:OOP.M. (Our
Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described
above, the following changes are hereby made.
1.) Change Bid Opening date to December 3, 2002, 3:OOp.m. (Our Clock).
2.) DIVISION 1, Section 01100, Summary. PART 1 — GENERAL, see 1.7 "Work
Performed by Owner". delete # A. and change to: Contractor will bid all
irrigation work noted on the drawings.
3.) Add specification SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM in it's entirety
to DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL. Section includes pages 15140-1 through 15140-
20; attached.
4.) Corrections to notes on drawings are as follows:
Sheet # LI 001 — Irrigation Notes
Flag Note No. 1 should read:
Connect PVC mainline pipe to 4-inch ductile iron tee just
outside of the pump station building at the approximate location shown.
Flag Note No. 10 should read:
Connect 1-inch copper pipe to 2-inch copper pipe stub -out located in
mechanical room. Route copper pipe within building. Install backflow
prevention assembly and blow-out riser per details. Transition to PVC
pipe outside of building, below grade. Use a copper female adapter and
PVC Schedule 40 male adapter for transition.
Sheet # LI 505, Irrigation Plan & Profile
In the General Description, a reference is made to two different intake
pipe alternatives. This is incorrect. The intake shall consist of the
headgate installed at the existing Sherwood lateral diversion structure.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
shaft, EPDM housing, and a brass and bronze housing filled with glass
reinforced PPS.
B. Provide Owner's Representative approved equal flow sensor.
C. Provide a NEMA 4X digital flow meter readout compatible with flow
sensor for monitoring the flow rate, totalizing gallons used, and for shifting
the flow sequencing set point range. The display shall be a black
character, LCD type. Adjustable settings for pipe diameter and pulse
output shall be provided. The totalizer shall be capable of counting to 2
billion gallons and it must be resetable. Both settings and the gallons
total shall be held in non-volatile memory (no battery required) and
protected by a user defined password with a hidden override key.
2.12 AUTOMATIC BACKWASHING SCREEN FILTER:
A. Provide Amiad SAF filter with 200-micron screens, or approved equal.
Filter must be capable of an automatic backwash cycle based on
pressure differential and time interval.
B. Provide check valve on discharge pipe downstream of Amiad SAF filter
device.
Advancement
of Construction
Technology REQUEST FOR
INTERPRETATION
Project: R.F.I. Number:
From:
To: Date:
A/E Project Number:
Re: Contract For:
Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
Request
Signed by: Date:
Response:
❑ Attachments
Response From: To: Date Rec'd: Date RetOd:
Signed by: Date: _.
Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994
99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Fonn 13.2A
WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
DATE OF ISSUANCE EFFECTIVE DATE
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
Contract:
Project:
OWNER's Contract No. ENGINEER's Project No.
You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s):
Description:
Purpose of Work Change Directive:
Attachments: (List documents supporting change)
If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believe that the above change has affected Contract Price any Claim for a
Change Order based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods as. defined in the
Contract Documents.
Method of determining change in
Contract Price:
Unit Prices
Lump Sum
Cost of the Work
Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract
$ Times:
If the change involves an increase, the estimated Substantial Completion: days;
amount is not to be exceeded without further Ready for final payment: days.
authorization.
RECOMMENDED: AUTHORIZED:
ENGINEER OWNER
By: By:
EJCDC No. 1910-8-F (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated Genets! Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications
Institute.
WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
INSTRUCTIONS
A. GENERAL INFORMATION
This document was developed for use in situations involving changes in the Work which, if not processed
expeditiously, might delay the Project. These changes are often initiated in the field and may affect the
Contract Price or the Contract Times. This is not a Change Order, but only a directive to proceed with Work
that may be included in a subsequent Change Order.
For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or the Contract
"Times a Field Order should be used.
B. COMPLETING THE WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE FORM
Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the items involved and attachments.
Based on conversations between Engineer and Contractor. Engineer completes the following:
METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE, iF ANY, iN CONTRACT PRICE: Mark the method to
be used in determining the final cost of Fork involved and the estimated net effect on the Contract
Price. if the change involves an increase in the Contract Price and the estimated amount is
approached before the additional or changed Work is completed, another Work Change Directive
must be issued to change the estimated price or Contractor may stop the changed Work when the
estimated time is reached. If the Work Change Directive is not likely to change the Contract Price,
the space for estimated increase (decrease) should be marked "Not Appticable".
Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner for authorization
because Engineer alone does not have authority to authorize changes in Price or Times. Once authorized
by Owner. a copy should be sent by Engineer to Contractor. Price and Times may only be changed by
Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor with Engineer's recommendation.
Paragraph I O.01A.2 of the General Conditions requires that a Change Order be initiated and processed to
cover any undisputed sum or amount of tithe for Work actually performed pursuant to this Work Change
Directive.
Once the Work covered by this directive is completed or final cost and times are determined, Contractor
should submit documentation for inclusion in a Change Order.
THIS IS A DIRECTIVE TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE THAT MAY AFFECT THE CONTRACT
PRICE OR CONTRACT TIMES. A CHANGE ORDER, IF ANY, SHOLILD BE CONSIDERED --
PROMp,rt.:Y.
IVAdvancement
of Construction
A Technology
FIELD
ORDER
Project:
To:
Re:
Field Order Number
From:
Date:
A/E Project Number:
Contract For:
You are hereby directed to execute promptly this Field Order which interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the
Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
If you consider that a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time is required, submit a Change Order Request to the A/E immediately and
prior to proceeding with this Work.
Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Dctail:
Description of Interpretation or Change:
❑ Attachments
Signed by: Date:
Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specification Institute, Page of July 1994
99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13.4A
No Text
a
Sheet Index
G001 General Notes, Abbreviations & Graphic Symbols
DP101
Site Prep and Demo Plan
DP 102
Site Prep and Demo Plan
C100
Overall Site Plan
C 101
Erosion Control Plan
C 102
Overlot Grading Plan
C 103
Overlot Grading Plan
C 104
Utility Plan
C 105
Utility Plan
C301
Utility Sections
C302
Utility Sections
C303
Landscape Sections
C401
Trail Layout Plan
C402
Enlarged Layout Plan
C403
Enlarged Layout Plan
C404
Enlarged Layout Plan
C405
Enlarged Layout Plan
C406
Enlarged Layout Plan
C407
Enlarged Layout Plan
C408
Enlarged Layout Plan
C409
Enlarged Layout Plan
C501
Site Details
C502
Site Details
C503
Site Details
C504
Site Details
C505
Site Details
C506
Site Details
C507
Entry Sign Details
CS501
Box Culvert Details
CS502
Box Culvert Details
CS503
Culvert Details
CS504
Culvert Details
CS505
Culvert Details
CR501
Rolland Moore Drive Utilities
CR502
Rolland Moore Drive Plan & Profile
Signing and Striping
CR503
Rolland Moore Drive Details
CR504
Rolland Moore Drive Details
LP 101
Landscape Plan
LP 102
Landscape Plan
LP103
Landscape Details
LI001
Irrigation Notes
LI101
Irrigation Plan
LI102
Irrigation Plan
L1103
Irrigation Plan
LI501
Irrigation Details
LI502
Irrigation Details
LI503
Irrigation Details
LI504
Irrigation Details
L1505
Irrigation Plan & Profile
LI506
Pump Station Details
L1507
Pump Station Details
E L I
Pump Station Electrical
E 1.2
Pump Station Electrical Sch.
A 1.0
Foundation Plan, Details and Structural Notes
A2.0
Floor Plan
A2.1
Room Finish Plan
A2.2
Reflected Ceiling Plan and Roof Framing Plan
A2.3
Roof Plan & Roof Drainage Plan
A3.0
Elevations
A4.0
Building Sections
A4.1
Wall Sections
A4.2
Wall Sections
A4.3
Wall Sections
A5.0
Details
A5.1
Window and Doors Details and Schedules
M1
HVAC Plan
M2
Enlarged HVAC Plans and Sections
M3
Plumbing Plans
M4
Enlarged Plumbing Plans
M5
Mechanical Details
M6
Mechanical Legend and Schedules
El
Site Electrical Plan
E2
Electrical Legends & Details
E3
Lighting Plan
E4
Power Plan
E5
Fire Alarm and HVAC Electrical Plan
E6
Electrical Schedules
E7
Electrical Site Details
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
PROPOSED HORTICULTURAL CENTER
SOUTH OF SPRING CREEK, WEST OF CENTRE AVENUE, AND
NORTH OF THE EXTENSION TO ROLLAND MOORE DRIVE
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
TERRACON PROJECT NO. 20005136
AUGUST 17, 2000
Prepared for:
CITY OF FORT COLLINS COMMUNITY PLANNING
AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
281 NORTH COLLEGE AVENUE
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524
ATTN: MR. JIM CLARK
Prepared by:
Terracon
301 North Howes Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
Irerraco
No Text
Table of Contents
(Division......... Section Title................................................................................................................................................. raged
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100.............
SUMMARY...................................................................................................................................................
3
01140.............
WORK RESTRICTIONS...............................................................................................................................
1
01230.............
ALTERNATES...........................................................................................................................................
... 2
01250.............
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES..........................................................................................
2
01270.............
UNIT PRICES..............................................................................................................................................
1
01290.............
PAYMENT PROCEDURES.........................................................................................................................
5
01310.............
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION..................................................................................
5
01320.............
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ... ...............................................................................
10
01330.............SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................................
10
01400.............
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................
7
01420.............
REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................
13
01500.............
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS .....................................................................................
....... 11
01600.............
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................................................
6
01700.............
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................
7
01770.............
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................................
7
DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
02080.............
PIPED UTILITIES ..........................................................................................
:............................................ 13
02230.............
SITE CLEARING.........................................................................................................................................
4
02231.............
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING.....................................................................................................
3
02240.............
DEWATERING........................................._..................................................................................................
4
02260.............
EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION ..........................................................................................
4
02300.............
EARTHWORK ..............................................................................................................................................
13
02510.............
WATER DISTRIBUTION ............................. ....................................................................
I...... I ......... ........... 1
02530..........
—SANITARY SEWERAGE...............................................................................................
I ..... ......................... 1
02582.............
LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS......................................................................................................
5
02630.............
STORM DRAINAGE....................................................................................................................................
1
02741.............
HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAYING....................................................................................................................
1
02751.............
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT...........................................................................................................
1
02764.............
PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS ..................................................................................................................
4
02780.............
UNIT PAVERS.............................................................................................................................................
7
02810.............
IRRIGATION...............................................................................................................................................19
02820.............
PREFABRICATED BUILDING ...................................................................................................................
8
02840.............
PUMP SYSTEM INTAKE ............................................................................................................................
7
02870.............
SITE FURNISHINGS...................................................................................................................................
2
02900.............
LANDSCAPE TREES AND SHRUBS..........................................................................................................
8
02940.............
SEEDING .....................................................................................................................................................
6
02970.............
PLANTING MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................................
2
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300............. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE ..................................................................................................................... 20
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04810............. UNIT MASONRYASSEMBLIES .................................................................................................................. 18
04815............. GLASS UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES...................................................................................................... 7
DIVISION S - METALS
05120............. STRUCTURAL STEEL................................................................................................................................. 7
05500............. METAL FABRICATIONS ............................................................................................................................ 6
DIVISION 6 — WOODS AND PLASTICS
06100............. ROUGH CARPENTRY................................................................................................................................ 7
06176............. METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES..................................................................................... 7
06200............. FINISH CARPENTRY .................................................................................................................................. 3
Fort Collins Horticultural Center Table of Contents
October, 2002 i
2.13 ACCESS HATCH:
Provide aluminum hatch as a hinged component of the pump -mounting skid for
access to wet well.
2.14 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY:
Provide reduced pressure principal backflow preventor and associated piping as
presented in the installation details.
2.15 PUMP STATION HEATER:
Provide 1000W electric heater mounted to the pump station skid.
2.16 PUMP STATION LIGHTING:
Provide two 115 VAC, 1000 watt, incandescent for station lighting. Each light
shall be installed in a cast aluminum, vapor tight fixture, with a clear globe and
screw -on, cast aluminum guard. The lights shall be provided with an "Off -On"
selector switch located on the control panel. One fixture shall illuminate the
pumps and valves, and the other the front of the control panel. Both fixtures shall
be mounted on the pump station for optimum illumination.
2.17 PAINTING:
A. Painting of the entire unit shall consist of a multi -step coating system
which includes metal preparation, rust inhibitive prime coat, and a two
part polyurethane finish having a total dry film thickness of not less that 4
mils.
B. Pump station components shall be painted the manufacturer's standard
color. All electrical enclosures, tank, and accessory panels shall be
painted to a minimum thickness of 3 mils and baked at 160-180 F.
C. Provide a 1-quart can of the finish paint with the system for job site touch
up use.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS:
A. Site Inspections:
Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this
section. Report irregularities to the Owner's Representative prior
to beginning work.
2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing
conditions.
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07160............. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING..............................................................................................................3
07190............. WATER REPELLENTS...........................................................................................
07210............. BUILDING INSULATION...........................................................................................................................5
07411............. MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS AND TRIM.........................---.................................................
07531............. EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING..................................................................................................... .....10
07620 ............. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM..................................................................................................... 4
07720............. ROOF ACCESSORIES......................................... 4
............................................................................
07920............. JOINT SEALANTS....................................................................................................................................... 8
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08110............. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES................................................................................................................... 5
08211............. FLUSH WOOD DOORS.............................................................................................................................. 4
08361............. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS............................................................................................................. 4
08411............. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS ........................... 7
08550............. WOOD WINDOWS......................................................................................................................................8
08711............. DOOR HARDWARE.................................................................................................................................... 7
08800............. GLAZING ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09260............. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ................................................................................................................11
09310............. CERAMIC TILE........................................................................................................................................... 6
09512.............ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS................................................................. 5
....................................
09653............. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES.......................................................................................... 4
09681............. CARPET TILE ......................................................... .................................................................................... 6
09911............. PAINTING...................................................................................................................................................8
DIVISION 10 - SPECJALTIES
10155............. TOILET COMPARTMENTS........................................................................................................................ 4
10505............. METAL LOCKERS...................................................................................................................................... 6
10520............. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES........................................................................................................... 4
10801............. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES.......................................................................................................3
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12345............. PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK............................................................................................................ 4
12484............. FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES..................................................................................................................... 4
12494............. ROLLER SHADES ........................................ .....................-......................................................................... 6
DIVISION 13 - SPECJAL CONSTRUCTION
13134............. GLAZED STRUCTURE BUILDING SYSTEMS...........................................................................................8
DIVISION IS - MECHANICAL
15010............. MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................11
15050............. MATERIALS AND METHODS .................................................................................................................... 17
15250............. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION.................................................................................................... 6
15300............. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................... 4
15440............. PLUMBING.................................................................................................................................................10
15850............. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING...............................................................................................10
15950............. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL ................................................................................................ 12
15990............. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING............................................................ 3
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16050............. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ................................................................................. 10
16060............. GROUNDING AND BONDING................................................................................................................... 5
16070............. FIRESTOPPING................................................................... .......................................................................11
16140............. WIRING DEVICES......................................................................................................................................4
16145............. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES...............................................................................................................6
16410............. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS................................................................................ 4
16442............. PANELBOARDS..........................................................................................................................................5
Fort Collins Horticultural Center Table of Contents
October, 2002 ii
16478............. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION.................................................................................................... 3
16491............. FUSES......................................................................................................................................................... 3
16511............. INTERIOR LIGHTING................................................................................................................................ 6
16521............. EXTERIOR LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................ 5
16851............. FIRE ALARM ..................................................................................................................................... .......... 11
Fort Collins Horticultural Center Table of Contents
October, 2002 W
No Text
DIVISION 1
01100 — Summary
01140 — Work Restrictions
01230 — Alternates
01250 — Contract Modification Procedures
01270 — Unit Prices
01290 — Payment Procedures
01310 —Project Management and Coordination
01320 — Construction Progress Documentation
01330 — Submittal Procedures
01400 — Quality Requirements
01420 — References
01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls
01600 — Product Requirements
01700 — Execution Requirements
01770 — Closeout Procedures
No Text
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Project consists of the construction of a greenhouse/administration
building with adjacent parking lot and walkway. Site work includes the relocation of an
irrigation ditch, installation of various box culverts and headwalls, construction of a trail along
Spring Creek, and the construction of a section of new City street, with temporary turn -around.
The new street (Rolland Moore Drive) connects with existing Centre Avenue.
1. Project Location: On the west side of Centre Avenue just south of Spring Creek.
2. Owner: City of Fort Collins
B. A/E Identification: The Contract Documents, dated October, 2002, were prepared for the
Project by EDAW, Inc. 240 East Mountain Avenue Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
C. Operations Services Facilities Project Manager : Steve Seefeld, CCCA has been appointed by
Owner to serve as City's Project Coordinator. All project communications, regarding the
Owner, shall be made through the City's Project Coordinator, unless otherwise noted. Mr.
Seefeld can be contacted at (970)221-6227
D. A/E: Stands for Architect/Engineer. All communications with the A/E shall be made through
David Stipe, CDT, EDAW's Project Manager at (970)484-6073.
1.3 CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract with a single prime contractor.
B. The project will be bid Lump Sum with designated Add Alternates. Bid will be awarded based
upon the most favorable base bid.
1.4 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Work shall be conducted in two parts.
1. Part One: The relocation of the Sherwood Ditch shall be completed first with any
necessary site grading taking place concurrently. This work includes the setting of the
prefabricated concrete culvert, pre -purchased by the city, and the construction of the
concrete headwall at either end of the culvert. Work of this phase shall be substantially
01100-1
2.
complete and ready for use by April 15, 2003. If the date for completion of this phase of
work cannot be met the contractor will be required to convey irrigation water across the
site via an approved pipe diversion. The cost of this diversion will be borne solely by the
contractor.
Part Two: Will include the remaining work spelled out the contract documents and
represented on the drawings.
1.5 USE OF PREMISES
1.7
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of
Project site, during construction period. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only by
Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
Separate Contract: Owner reserves the right to award a separate contract for performance of
certain construction operations at Project site.
Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out
smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.
WORK PERFORMED BY OWNER (during the contract period)
The owner will perform all irrigation work from the valves to the sprinkler heads.
The owner will plant all trees, shrubs, ground covers, perennials and annuals.
PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE
A. This Article is an example of a requirement best described in this Section. Delete if Owner does
not order products or equipment in advance. See Evaluations for discussion on materials
purchased or ordered in advance.
C. General: Owner has negotiated Purchase Orders with suppliers of material and equipment to be
incorporated into the Work. Owner has assigned these Purchase Orders to Contractor. Costs
for receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment are
included in the Contract Sum.
I. Contractor's responsibilities are the same as if Contractor had negotiated Purchase
Orders, including responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final Purchase -
Order agreements.
2. The Schedule of Products Ordered in Advance is included at the end of this Section.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
01100-2
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
16-division format and CSVCSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-
referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric
sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the
beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the
Contract Documents.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words
shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where
applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,
are implied where a colon () is used within a sentence or phrase.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE
A. The following products have been ordered in advance and partially paid for by the Owner. The
City will pay the balance owed to the vendor on this product when delivered to construction
site. Coordination of delivery and the safe storage of the products listed below is the
responsibility of the Contractor.
One-54'xll'-8"x5' concrete box culvert at: Panhandle Concrete Products Inc.•
Scottsbluff. NE (308) 632-2161
END OF SECTION 01100
01100-3
No Text
SECTION 01140 - WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site
beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
l . Limits: Confine constructions operations to the limits of work delineated on the plans.
2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of site for limited uses.
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use
these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on -site.
1.3 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install
equipment in completed areas of site, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy
does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
A/E will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the
Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner
occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupancy, Owner will operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving
occupied portions of building.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service
for occupied portions of building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01140
01140-1
3.02 PUMPS AND MOTORS:
A. Shipping, off-loading and the technical start up shall be furnished by the
pump station manufacturer. The pump station manufacturer shall furnish
location and mounting details to Owner's Representative.
B. Anchor pump system to concrete mounting pad and complete all piping
connections prior to startup and operation of the pump system.
C. Electrical connection shall consist of a single conduit from 3 phase 460
volt 200 ampere disconnect to the pump station main disconnect.
D. Technical start up procedures by the pump station manufacturer shall
include the following:
Station start up and pressurization
2. Pressure, flow, and programming adjustments
3. Monitoring of irrigation cycle when possible. Technician will
instruct operations personnel as to the operation, adjustment and
maintenance of the pump station.
3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
A. Furnish four (4) copies of the bound Pump System Operation and
Maintenance manuals as described in the specifications to the Owner's
Representative prior to the start up.
B. Tools and Spare Parts: Prior to the Pre -Maintenance Review, supply to
the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other
items indicated on the drawings.
C. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the
drawings or installation details to be part of the pumping system, even
though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications.
3.04 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. Submit Record Drawings under provisions of Section 01700 - Contractor
Closeout, Record Documents.
The Contractor is responsible for documenting changes to the design.
Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one
complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep
documents current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built
information is recorded.
B. Record pumping system alterations. Record work, which is installed
differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate
reference dimensions.
No Text
SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents.
The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to the Contract Sum to incorporate
alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each parry involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
01230-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. One: Planter Areas C & D. refer to drawing sheet # C408. "Enlarged Layout
Plan,
B. Alternate No. Two: Planter Areas A & B. refer to drawing sheet # C408. "Enlarged Layout
Plan".
C. Alternate No. Three: Entry Vestibule to Main Building. Refer to drawing sheet # A2.0 "Floor
Plan'.
D. Alternate No. Four: Detached Restroom Building. Refer to drawing sheet # A2.0 "Floor Plan".
END OF SECTION 01230
01230-2
SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling
requests for substitutions made after Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. A/E will issue through Owner supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the
Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on an approved form
provide by the owner.
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests owner will issue a detailed description of proposed changes
in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Owner are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a
quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time
necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data
to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
C. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
01250-1
B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Owner.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the
proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
5. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed
change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: An approved form provided by the owner.
D. Proposal Request Form: For Change Order proposals, use forms provided by Owner. Sample
copies are included at end of this Section.
1.5 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the
difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of -
work -in -place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances,
mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
I. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the _
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of
overhead costs and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders
related to unit -cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in -place by independent
quantity survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance
described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's
handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of
the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will
reject claims submitted later than 21 days after such authorization.
1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost
amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what
could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower -
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. _
01250-2
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Owner will issue a Change Order for signatures of
Owner and Contractor on an approved form
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive on an
approved form provided by the owner. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to
proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It
also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
01250-3
No Text
SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and
processing of allowances.
2. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for
handling changes to the Contract.
3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule
and Submittals Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract
Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
and schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
b. Submittals Schedule.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Owner through the A/E the at earliest possible date
but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications
for Payment.
3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.
01290-1
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of A/E.
C. A/E's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
C. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one -hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, --
where appropriate.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. Include
evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required.
6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
Show line -item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by
measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine
quantities.
8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
01290-2
9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result
in a change in the Contract Sum.
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by A/E, Owner and paid for by Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 15th day of each
month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the
end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment.
D. Payment Application Forms: Use an approved form provided by the owner for Applications for
Payment.
E. Payment Application Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment.
Sample copies are included at end of this Section.
F. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Owner will return incomplete
applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
G. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
A/E by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and
similar attachments if required.
Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
H. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
I. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
liens from subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by
the previous application.
01290-3
C. Prior to Final Review, obtain from the Owner's Representative a
reproducible mylar copy of the drawings. Mylars or CAD data files
compatible with AutoCAD software, can be purchased from the Owner's
Representative. Cost of mylar reproducible drawings is $50 per set and
the cost of AutoCAD data files on diskette is $50 per project set. Using
technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the project
drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing".
Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final
Review.
3.05 MAINTENANCE:
A. Upon completion of Final Review, maintain system for a duration of 30
calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation
system components as necessary.
B. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner
will be responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the
remainder of the guarantee/warranty period, and for performing
necessary minor maintenance.
3.06 CLEANUP:
A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools,
excess materials, and rubbish.
B. Manufacturer's Representative shall clean all surfaces and touch up
scratches with factory paint to match original.
END OF SECTION
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at
970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN
STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM
HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage,
on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of
mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application.
a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from
every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application
who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to
Owner.
J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
l . List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list.
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. -
8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for --
performance of the Work.
11. Initial progress report.
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
14. Performance and payment bonds.
15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
I. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
L. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
01290-4
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. an approved form provided by the owner for "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts
and Claims."
5. An approved form provided by the owner for "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens."
6. An approved form provided by the owner for "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
01290-5
No Text
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General project coordination procedures.
2. Conservation.
3. Coordination Drawings.
4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
5. Project meetings.
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility
will be assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
01310-1
1.4
1.5
B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
1.Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work
is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and tinting of required administrative with
other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure
orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
0
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre -installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1.Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated
into, the Work.
SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
1. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" and Division 16
Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for specific Coordination Drawing
requirements for mechanical and electrical installations.
B. Staff Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff
assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify
individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including
home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
01310-2
A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory
personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.
1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and A/E of scheduled meeting
dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and A/E, within 3 days of the
meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and A/E, but no later than 15 days after execution
of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct
the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and A/E, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and
other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
C. Critical work sequencing.
d. Designation of responsible personnel.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
g. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
h. Submittal procedures.
i. Preparation of Record Documents.
j. Use of the premises.
k. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
L Parking availability.
in. Office, work, and storage areas.
n. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
o. First aid.
P. Security.
q. Progress cleaning.
r. Working hours.
01310-3
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise A/E and
Owner of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
C. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Submittals.
g. Review of mockups.
h. Possible conflicts.
i. Compatibility problems.
j. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.
1. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
M. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Acceptability of substrates. —
p. Temporary facilities and controls.
q. Space and access limitations.
r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. S. Testing and inspecting requirements.
t. Required performance results.
U. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.
4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and A/E, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as _
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
01310-4
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off -site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Change Orders.
14) Documentation of information for payment requests.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since
the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01310
01310-5
No Text
SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Submittals Schedule.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports.
6. Field condition reports.
7. Special reports.
8. Construction photographs.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes.
3. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
4. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and
inspections.
5. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as
Project Record Documents at Project closeout.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,
and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule that
consume time and resources.
1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor activity is an activity that must be completed before a given activity can be
started.
01320 -1
City of Fort Collins
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 2
BID #5748
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5748 Gardens on Spring Creek
OPENING DATE: November 25, 2002, 3:00 p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described
above, the following changes are hereby made.
1.) Question regarding the Box Culvert (supplied by the City) concerning delivery and
placement of the box. Answer: Panhandle concrete will deliver, unload and set the
box. Contractor will coordinate with Panhandle regarding delivery, and, be ready for the
box to be set in place when it is delivered. Delivery and placement is included in the
price of the box (paid for by the City of Fort Collins). Upon acceptance of the product,
and incorporation into the Work, the Contractor will warrant the box as to site damage for
the duration of the contract period.
2.) Earthcalc report illustrating cut/fill grading for the entire site will be available to be
picked up, on disc, at the City of Fort Collins Purchasing, 215 N. Mason, Fort Collins on
Monday, November 18th @ 9:00 AM. Bidders may reasonably rely upon this information
for bidding purposes. The Owner will require the awarded Contractor to quote his unit
prices for unclassified ex and fill material.
3.) Building plans have been submitted for "plan check" with City of Fort Collins B & Z.
Plan check fee has been prepaid by Owner. Contractor will pay for building permit
estimated at approximately $4,635.00.
4.) The Soils Report is included with this addendum.
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at 970-
221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN
STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM
HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
C. Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that
establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the --
early start of the following activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
F. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for
greater detail.
G. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction
element.
H. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.
I. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity _
relationships.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project
names and addresses, names and addresses of Alas and owners, and other information
specified.
B. Submittals Schedule: Submit Three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
tabular format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for A/E's and Owner's final release or approval.
C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit two printed copies; one a single sheet of
reproducible media, and one a print.
01320 -2
D. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two printed copies; one a single sheet of reproducible
media, and one a print; large enough to show entire network for entire construction period.
E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two printed copies of initial schedule, one a
reproducible print and one a blue- or black -line print, large enough to show entire schedule for
entire construction period.
Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on 3 1/2 inch floppy
disc with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and
date on label.
F. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three printed copies of each of the
following computer -generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity
number, activity description, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish
date, late start date, late finish date, and total float.
l . Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,
or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the
Work until most recent Application for Payment.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
reporting.
B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones
and partial Owner occupancy.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner -furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting
agencies.
8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
01320 -3
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
C. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with auxiliary services requested, including access to Project site
and use of temporary facilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary network diagram. Include
submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to
maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time
for manufacture or fabrication.
a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule,
instead of tabulating them separately.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &
Scheduling."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for Notice to Proceed to date of Final
Completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an
early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
01320 -4
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal
element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by A/E.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and
major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.
Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,
purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than seven days for startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for A/E's and Owner's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5. Owner -Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
C. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
C. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
01320 -5
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
1. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
8. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the
Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced
or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.
b. Permanent space enclosure. C. Completion of mechanical installation.
d. Completion of electrical installation.
e. Substantial Completion.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, interim milestones indicated below, Substantial
Completion, and Final Completion.
1. Relocation of the Sherwood Ditch
2. Setting of the Concrete Box Culvert
3. Completion of Concrete Headwall Pour
4. Closing of Spring Creek Trail/Opening of Spring Creek Trail Detour
5. Opening of Spring Creek Trail
F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned
and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for
preparation of payment requests.
1. Refer to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment
procedures.
G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
H. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to
manage construction schedules.
2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar -chart -type construction schedule within -
seven days of date established for Notice to Proceed.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 60
01320 -6
days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash
requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt -chart -type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback
was received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.
For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an
estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
2.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity -on -node) format.
B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the
Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60 days of
construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement
prediction based on indicated activities.
C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a CPM network analysis
diagram.
1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be
accepted for use no later than 7 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.
2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including
subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule
information.
3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time.
D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work.
Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical
paths.
Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship
of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the
following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Purchase of materials.
C. Delivery.
d. Fabrication.
01320 -7
E.
F
G
e. Installation.
2. Processing: Process data to produce output data or a computer -drawn, time -scaled
network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary
to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
3. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate
paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical
path.
Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start -total
float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
3. Principal events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce.
10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the Schedule of Values).
Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports
showing the following:
1. Identification of activities that have changed.
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.
1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar
value.
2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative
dollar value.
3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as
of list date.
4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with
progress meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative
value completed" with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled
progress meeting.
01320 -8
2.6 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Log: Prepare a daily construction log recording the following information
concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
5. Accidents.
6. Meetings and significant decisions.
7. Unusual events (refer to special reports).
8. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
9. Meter readings and similar recordings.
10. Emergency procedures.
11. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
12. Change Orders received and implemented.
13. Construction Change Directives received.
14. Services connected and disconnected.
15. Equipment or system tests and startups.
16. Partial Completions and occupancies.
17. Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions
and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for information
on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
2.7 SPECIAL REPORTS
A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute
copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these
events are known or predictable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting
using CPM scheduling.
01320 -9
(See ICC)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical (909) 595-8449
Officials (The)
www.iapmo.org
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
www.cpsc.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
www.epa.gov
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration
www.osha.gov
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
(800)638-2772
(301) 504-0990
(202) 260-2090
(301) 975-6478
(202) 693-1999
01420-13
No Text
NOVEMBER 18, 2002
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
PLANHOLDERS LIST FOR
BID #5748
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS CROSSROADS UNDERGROUND CONST.
P O BOX 405 1615 CLEMENS ROAD
PLATTEVILLE, CO 80651 DARIEN, IL 60561
PH 970-785-6161 PH 630-769-9511
FAX 970-785-2515 FAX 630-769-9611
CONNELL RESOURCES
MCKUSKER ELECTRIC
4305 E HARMONY
115 HUNTERS COVE RD
FT. COLLINS, CO 80528
MEAD, CO 80542
PH 970-223-3151
PH 303-678-8389
FAX 970-223-3191
FAX 970-535-0485
ECI
SUN CONST. & DESIGN SERVICES
P O BOX 2135
1232 BOSTON AVE
LOVELAND, CO 80539
LONGMONT, CO 80501
PH 970-669-6291
PH 970-444-4780
FAX 970-669-6411
FAX 970-444-6774
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONST.
GL HOFF
700 WEAVER PARK RD
P O BOX 7448
LONGMONT, CO 80501
LOVELAND, CO 80537
PH 303-772-4051
PH 970-669-3255
FAX 303-772-6525
FAX 970-663-1566
BROWN CONSTRUCTION
DOHN CONSTRUCTION
P O BOX 1048
2642 MIDPOINT DR UNIT A
WESTMINSTER, CO 80030
FORT COLLINS, CO 80525
PH 303-430-8935
PH 970-490-1855
FAX 303-430-8940
FAX 970-490-6093
MARK YOUNG CONSTRUCTION
155 N COLLEGE AVE., STE #220
PH 970-484-1648
FAX 970-224-0392
J B EXCAVATING
1012 NE FRONTAGE RD
FT. COLLINS, CO 80524
PH 970-484-6593
FAX 970-490-6115
RC HEATH CONSTRUCTION
PO DRAWER H
FORT COLLINS, CO 80522
PH 970-221-4195
FAX 970-221-2907
STURGEON ELECTRIC
12150 EAST 112T" AVE
HENDERSON, CO 80640
PH 303-286-8000
FAX 303-227-6985
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use
of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
recommendations.
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is
available, provide trucked -in services.
Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements
cannot be used for that purpose.
B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before
use.
1. Drinking -Water Facilities: Provide bottled -water, drinking -water units.
a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed
water temperature at 45 to 55 degrees Fahrenheit.
C. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit in permanently enclosed
portions of building for normal construction activities, and 65 degrees Fahrenheit for
finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed.
D. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
E. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution
system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period.
Include meters, transformers, overload -protected disconnecting means, automatic ground -fault
interrupters, and main distribution switchgear.
01500-5
F. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft. uniformly distributed, for general
lighting, or equivalent illumination.
3. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas.
4. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per story in stairways and ladder runs, located to
illuminate each landing and flight.
5. Install lighting for Project identification sign.
G. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for
common -use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate
telephone line for each field office and first -aid station.
1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional
occupant or pair of occupants.
b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with
modem in each field office.
C. Provide a separate telephone line for Owner's use.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office.
d. A/E's office.
e. Engineers' offices.
f. Owner's office.
g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
3. Provide voice -mail service on superintendent's telephone.
4. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving
telephone calls when away from field office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
01500-6
B. Temporary Entry Road: Construct and maintain a temporary entry roads adequate to support
loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate temporary entry
road as indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide a reasonably level, graded, well -drained subgrade of satisfactory soil material,
compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density in the top 6 inches
2. Provide gravel paving course of subbase material not less than 6 inches thick; roller
compacted to a level, smooth, dense surface.
3. Provide dust -control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment
as required to minimize dust.
C. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period.
Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas.
Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for
construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and
paved areas.
2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas
according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material,
regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.
D. Traffic Controls: Provide temporary traffic controls at junction of temporary roads with public
roads. Include warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads.
Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Traffic controls measure may be
required by Owner for the crossing of the temporary road and the Spring Creek Trail.
E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with
construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide
temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed.
3. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section
"Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,
for each type of waste material to be deposited.
2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of
waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide
detailed information for on -site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials.
01500-7
3.4
Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used
to dispose of all waste materials.
G. Janitorial Services: Provide janitorial services on a weekly basis for temporary offices, first -aid
stations, toilets, wash facilities, lunchrooms, and similar areas.
H. Common -Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for
use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to
accommodate required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site. Keep office
clean and orderly.
1. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
a. Desk and four chairs, four -drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and
bookcase.
b. Water cooler.
C. Coffee machine and supplies, including regular and decaffeinated coffee, filters,
cups, stirring sticks, creamer, sugar, and sugar substitute.
d. Provide a room of not less than 240 sq. ft. for Project meetings. Furnish room with
conference table, 12 folding chairs, and 4-foot-square tack board.
2. Provide an electric heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor
temperature of 68 degrees Fahrenheit. Provide an air-conditioning unit capable of
maintaining an indoor temperature of 72 degrees Fahrenheit.
3. Provide fluorescent light fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at
desk height. Provide 110- to 120-V duplex outlets spaced at not more than 12-foot
intervals, 1 per wall in each room.
I. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open
shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on -site.
1. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire -retardant -treated lumber and
plywood.
2. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior -grade acrylic -latex emulsion over
exterior primer.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that —
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near Project site.
B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater
from heavy rains.
C. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain.
D. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
3.2 TREE PROTECTION
A. Erect and maintain a temporary fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter
drip line of groups of trees to remain. Remove fence when construction is complete.
1. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within drip line of
remaining trees.
2. Do not permit vehicles, equipment, or foot traffic within drip line of remaining trees.
B. Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner approved by City Forester.
1. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located, to submit
details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs.
2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full -growth status, as determined by
the City Forester.
3.3 UTILITIES
A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed.
Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Construction Manager's written
permission.
C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots.
Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.
02230 - 3
2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner
where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. .
3. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18
inches below exposed subgrade.
4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material,
unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 8-inch loose depth, and compact
each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with
underlying subsoil or other waste materials.
C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil.
Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches.
2. Do not stockpile topsoil within drip line of remaining trees.
3. Stockpile surplus topsoil and allow for respreading deeper topsoil.
4. Location of topsoil storage to be established by contractor and Construction Manager.
3.6 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above- and below -grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to
facilitate new construction.
B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated.
1. Unless existing full -depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw -cut length
of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw -cut faces
vertically.
3.7 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials,
and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION 02230
02230 - 4
F. Provide standby equipment on -site, installed and available for immediate operation, to maintain
dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering
requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, restore
damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner.
1. Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or fill
well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 36 inches below overlying
construction.
G. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations.
3.3 OBSERVATION WELLS
A. Provide, take measurements, and maintain at least the minimum number of observation wells or
piezometers indicated and additional observation wells as may be required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Observe and record daily elevation of ground water and piezometric water levels in observation
wells.
C. Repair or replace, within 24 hours, observation wells that become inactive, damaged, or
destroyed. Suspend construction activities in areas where observation wells are not functioning
properly until reliable observations can be made. Add or remove water from observation -well
risers to demonstrate that observation wells are functioning properly.
1. Fill observation wells, remove piezometers, and fill holes when dewatering is completed.
END OF SECTION 02240
02240 - 4
SECTION 02260 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes temporary excavation support and protection systems.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities and
support facilities.
2. Division 2 Section "Dewatering" for dewatering excavations.
3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating and backfilling and for existing utilities.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system
capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and
superimposed and construction loads.
1. Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility,
including preparation of Shop Drawings and a comprehensive engineering analysis by a
qualified professional engineer.
2. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means.
3. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings,
pavements, and other improvements adjacent to excavation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings for Information: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified
professional engineer for excavation support and protection systems.
Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
B. Qualification Data: For Installer and professional engineer.
C. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the absence of, the
installation of, or the performance of excavation support and protection systems.
02260 - 1
H. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing
site grades.
I. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owner's
Representative for trench depth adjustments.
3.04 SLEEVING AND BORING:
A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at
the specified burial depth.
B. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe
ends and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled Y at sleeve end
locations.
C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ
equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring.
3.05 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. General:
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur.
Clean pipe ends.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when
necessary to continue assembly.
3. Trenches may be curved to change direction or avoid obstructions within
the limits of the curvature of the pipe. Minimum radius of curvature and
offset per 20 foot length of pipe by pipe size are shown in the following
table. All curvature results from the bending of the pipe lengths. No
deflection will be allowed at a pipe joint.
SIZE
RADIUS
OFFSET PER
20' LENGTH
1 Yz"
25'
T-8"
2"
25'
7'8"
2 '/z"
100,
1'-11 "
3"
100,
V-11 "
4"
100,
V-11"
Fort Collins Community Horticulture Center
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 -12 Irrigation
B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Rubber-Gasketed Pipe:
a. Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by
manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Ductile iron fittings shall not be struck with a metallic tool. Cushion
blows with a wood block or similar shock absorber.
3. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner
recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with
accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing
water in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
4. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner
recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with
accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing
water in the pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
3. UV Radiation Resistant Polyethylene Pipe:
a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in
accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. Pipe is not to be
compressed or crimped by construction activity.
4. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
Fort Collins Community Horticulture Center
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 13 Irrigation
Gardens On Spring Creek
Bid #5749
Page 2
THISSEN CONSTRUCTION
2900 F STREET
GREELEY, CO 80631
PH 970-353-8242
FAX 970-351-0530
SINNETT BUILDERS
2926 E MULBERRY ST
FT. COLLINS, CO 80522
PH 970-493-1770
FAX 970-482-4537
CD KELCO INC.
1124 COLLIER ST
LONGMONT, CO 80501
PH 303-772-4954
FAX 303-678-7573
ALLEN PLUMBING
101 SLINK LANE
FT. COLLINS, CO 80521
PH 970-454-4841
FAX 970-454-4448
LAFARGE
1800 N TAFT HILL
FT. COLLINS, CO 80521
PH 970-407-3600
FAX 970-407-3900
H & H ELECTRIC INC.
228 S LINK LANE
FT. COLLINS, CO 80524
PH 970-493-2398
FAX 970-484-0269
COLLINS TRUCKING
13187 WCR 17
PLATTEVILLE, CO 80651
PH 970-785-6323
FAX 970-785-0767
CLARK CONSTRUCTION
1530 BOISE AVE.
LOVELAND, CO 80538
PH 970-667-0674
FAX 970-663-7384
SALAZAR MASONRY CORP.
P O BOX 7743
LOVELAND, CO 80537
PH 970-663-0142
FAX 970-669-6692
5. Use tools and techniques recommended by the manufacturer. Make
openings for barb -mounted emitters with the emitter manufacturer's hole -
punching tool.
D. Flush Cap Assembly: Install at the end of each drip irrigation lateral pipe as
shown on the installation details.
Pressure Adjustment Procedure:
1. Fully open all zone control valves and energize the RCV assembly.
2. Determine which emitter has the least outlet pressure; this is the critical
emitter.
3. Identify zone control valve associated with the critical emitter, this is the
critical zone control valve.
4. Set discharge pressure of RCV such that the critical pressure
compensating emitter has a pressure of 25 PSI + 5 PSI. Measure with
pressure gauge attached to critical emitter.
5. Identify the critical emitter for remaining zone control valves.
6. Set each zone control valve such that its critical pressure compensating
emitter has a pressure of 25 PSI + 5 PSI.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
A. Irrigation Controller Unit:
The location of the controller unit as depicted on the drawings is
approximate; the Owner's Representative will determine the exact site
location upon commencement of contract.
Lightning protection: Drive 8-foot copper -clad grounding rod into the soil.
If rock prevents driving, bury at least four feet deep. Use one rod for each
controller. Connect controller to grounding rod with AWG No. 10 solid
conductor copper wire. Secure wire to grounding rod with brass or bronze
clamp. Locate the connection in a separate valve box.
Lightning protection: Provide on all remote control valve wiring as
recommended by the manufacturer. Provide other components such as
ground rod, grounding wire, etc., to manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit
housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the
remote control valve to which the control wire is connected.
4. Install combination switch/GFCI outlet inside the controller pedestal.
5. Connect control wires to the corresponding controller terminal.
Fort Collins Community Horticulture Center
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 17 Irrigation
B. Control Wire:
1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle
with pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals.
2. Control wiring may be chiseled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device
specifically manufactured for pipe pulling and wire installation.
Appropriate chisel must be used so that wire is fed into a chute on the
chisel, and wire is not subject to pulling tension. Minimum burial depth
must equal minimum cover previously listed.
3. Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each
90 degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot
intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Do not be wiring loop. Coil 24-
inch length of win; within each remote control valve box. --
4. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control
valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted.
5. If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and
waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate
splice in a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a
separate 12-inch standard valve box.
Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices.
6. Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and below PVC mainline
pipe. Protect wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe with a continuous
run of warning tape placed in the backfill six inches above the wiring.
3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS:
A. Tools and Spare Parts:
1. Prior to the Review at completion of construction, supply to the Owner
operating keys, servicing tools, spare parts, test equipment, and any other
items indicated in the General Notes on the drawings.
B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or
installation details which are part of the irrigation system, even though such items
may not have been referenced in these specifications.
3.11 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
A. Submit Record Drawings under provisions of Section 01700 - Contractor
Closeout, Record Documents.
The Contractor is responsible for documenting changes to the design. Maintain
on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of
Fort Collins Community Horticulture Center
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 18 Irrigation
contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not
permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded.
Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed
differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference
dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each
irrigation system valve, each backfiow prevention device, each controller or
control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future pipe or wiring connections,
and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box.
C. Prior to construction completion, obtain from the Owner's Representative a
reproducible mylar copy of the drawings. Mylars or CAD data files compatible
with AutoCAD software, can be purchased from the Owner's Representative.
Cost of mylar reproducible drawings is $25 per sheet and the cost of AutoCAD
data files on diskette is $100 per project set. Using technical drafting pen or
CAD, duplicate information contained on the project drawings maintained on site.
Label each sheet "Record Drawing".
D. Tum over the "Record Drawings" to the Owner's Representative. Completion of
the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Review at the completion of the
irrigation system installation.
3.12 WINTERIZATION AND SPRING START-UP:
A. Winterize the irrigation system in the fall following final acceptance of irrigation
system and start-up the irrigation system the following spring. Repair any
damage caused in improper winterization at no additional cost to the Owner.
Coordinate the winterization and start-up with the landscape maintenance
personnel.
3.13 MAINTENANCE:
A. Upon completion of construction and Review by the Owner's Representative,
maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic
examinations and adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve
the most desirable application of water.
B. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be
responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of
the guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for
trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing
damage after the landscape maintenance operation.
3.14 CLEANUP:
A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess
materials, and rubbish.
END OF SECTION
Fort Collins Community Horticulture Center
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 -19 Irrigation
DIVISION 3
03300 — Cast in Place Concrete
No Text
01 /02
3.17 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test
reports. Tests shall be taken from each day's concrete pour or 50 cubic yards, whichever is
less. The Contractor shall be responsible for all retesting expenses.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the
following, as directed by Architect.
C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM
C 94.
D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of
concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete;
ASTM C 231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each
type of air -entrained concrete.
F. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below,
when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and each time a set of compression test specimens is
made.
G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each
compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for
laboratory -cured test specimens.
H. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 Cu. yds.
plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yds. more than the first 25 cu. yds. of each concrete class
placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and
one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than 5 strength tests for a given class of
concrete, conducttesting from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer
than 5 are used.
J. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no
individual strength test result fal Is below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
K. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready -Mix
Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests
shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name
of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure,
design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive
breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
L. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
03300 - 19
01 /02
M. Additional Tests: Thetesting service will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test
results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained
in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine
adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods
as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION 03300
03300 - 20
01 /02
B. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit
stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
C. Research/Evaluation Reports: Forthe following, showing compliance with building code in effect
for Project:
1. Engineered wood products.
2. Power -driven fasteners.
3. Powder -actuated fasteners.
4. Expansion anchors.
5. Metal framing anchors.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E 548.
B. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product
through one source from a single manufacturer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Laminated Beams:
a. Boise Cascade Corporation.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corporation.
C. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.
d. Pacific Woodtech Corp.
e. Trus Joist MacMillan.
f. Union Camp Corp., Building Products Division.
g. Willamette Industries, Inc.
2. Prefabricated Wood I -Joists:
06100 - 2
01 /02
a. Boise Cascade Corporation.
b. Georgia-Pacific Corporation.
C. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.
d. Pacific Woodtech Corp.
e. Poutrelles International Inc.
f. Standard Structures Inc.
g. Stark Truss Company, Inc.
h. Superior Wood Systems, Inc.
i. Trus Joist MacMillan.
J. Union Camp Corp.; Building Products Division.
k. Willamette Industries, Inc.
3. Metal Framing Anchors:
a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
b. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
C. Harlen Metal Products, Inc.
d. KC Metals Products, Inc.
e. Silver Metal Products, Inc.
f. Simpson Strong -Tie Company, Inc.
g. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.
h. United Steel Products Company, Inc.
2.2 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture
content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry
lumber.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Provide dry lumberwith 19 percent maximum moisture content attime of dressing fort -inch
nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having"
jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show
compliance with building code in effect for Project.
Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses,
as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published
values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and
demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.
C. Wood Structural Panels:
Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated.
06100 - 3
01 /02
2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size
indicated, and as follows:
l . Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal
framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project.
2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by
manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be
determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by
comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M,
G60 (Z 180) coating designation.
C. Bridging: Rigid, V-section, nailless type, 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) thick, length to suit joist size and
spacing.
D. Rafter Tie -Downs (Hurricane or Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening rafters or roof trusses
to wall studs below, 2-1/4 inches (57 mm) wide by 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) thick. Tie fits over top of
rafter or truss and fastens to both sides of rafter or truss, face of top plates, and side of stud below.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.
Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nai lers,
blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small
to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
I . CABO NER-272 for power -driven fasteners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. _
3. Table 23-II-B-I, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof
Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code.
4. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the BOCA National Building Code.
5. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code.
6. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3 (2), "Alternate
Attachments," in the International One- and Two -Family Dwelling Code.
06100 - 6
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
PROPOSED HORTICULTURAL CENTER
SOUTH OF SPRING CREEK, WEST OF CENTRE AVENUE, AND
NORTH OF THE EXTENSION TO ROLLAND MOORE DRIVE
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
TERRACON PROJECT NO. 20005136
AUGUST 17, 2000
Prepared for:
CITY OF FORT COLLINS COMMUNITY PLANNING
AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
281 NORTH COLLEGE AVENUE
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524
ATTN: MR. JIM CLARK
Prepared by:
Terracon
301 North Howes Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
Irerraco
01 /02
D. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood, predrill as
required.
E. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill
holes with wood filler.
3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and
cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work
involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces,
unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work.
Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement.
3.3 WOOD FRAMING INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Do not splice structural members between supports.
3.4 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA
Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural -use panels and
applications indicated.
Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in above -referenced guide.
B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below:
Sheathing:
a. Nail to wood framing.
b. Space panels I /8 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends.
2. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports.
END OF SECTION 06100
06100 - 7
No Text
0 l /02
Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system.
J. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.
K. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
L. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed
roofing installation.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by rooting
system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive
manufacturer's warranty.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing, FMG approval
for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this Project.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and
capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from same
manufacturer as roofing membrane.
E. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the
fire -test -response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per
test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of
applicable testing and inspecting agency.
F. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes
indicated.
G. Fire -Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire -resistance -rated roof assemblies of which
roofing system is a part.
H. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct
conference at Project site. Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to roof deck construction and roofing system including, but not limited
to, the following:
A. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting
agency representative; roofing Installer; roofing system manufacturer's
representative; deck Installer; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects
roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment.
B. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including
manufacturer's written instructions.
07531 - 3
01/02
C. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid
delays.
D. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, -_
including flatness and fastening.
E. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after rooting.
F. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations,
equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.
G. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if
applicable.
H. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after
installation.
1. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to roofing system including, but not limited to, the following: -
I . Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting
agency representative; roofing Installer; roofing system manufacturer's _
representative; deck Installer; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects
roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including
manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid -
delays.
4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements,
including flatness and fastening.
5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing.
6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations,
equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.
7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if
applicable.
8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after
installation.
9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and
labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and
directions for storing and mixing with other components.
B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected
location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect
stored liquid material from direct sunlight.
07531 - 4
U91YA
I . 5" Gutter - Ogee Style
2. 4" Downspout - Corrugated Style
B. Pre -painted Steel Flashing: Flashing shall be 24 ga. pre -painted steel.
2.2 METAL FINISHES
A. General: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as required
by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance capability. Protect
coating promptly after application and cure, by application of strippable film or removable
adhesive cover, and retain until installation has been completed. Provide colors or color
matches as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard colors.
B. Gutters, Downspouts and Flashing Trim at Sheet Metal Flashing:
C. Flouropolymer Coating: Full-strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating baked -on for 15 minutes
at 4650 deg. F (232 deg. C), in adry film thickness of 1.0 mils, 30% reflective gloss (ASTM
D 523), over 0.3 mil. baked -on epoxy primer. _
D. Durability: Provide coating which has been field tested under normal range of weathering
conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or
check in finish, and without chalking in excess of 8 (ASTM D 659), and without fading in
excess of 5 NBS units.
2.3 PREFINISHED GALVANIZED METAL TRIM:
A. General: Shop fabricate and finish trim and accessories at the too greatest extent possible,
by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes. Comply with indicated profiles and
dimensional requirements, and with structural requirements, and the applicable requirements
of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal" Manual and other recognized industry standards.
Fabricate for waterproof and weather -resistant performance; with expansion provisions for
running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the
work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and
recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil -canning, buckling
and tool marks, true to line and levels as indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form
hems.
B. Metal Gages: Thickness required for structural performances, but not less than
manufacturer's recommended minimums for profiles and applications indicated, and not less
than 24 gage (0.0299").
C. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non -expansion type joints are indicated or required for
proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric
sealant, in compliance with industry standards.
07620 - 2
01 /02
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with
rosin flux.
B. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non -corrosive metal as
recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being
fastened.
C. Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nominally free of
sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating
sealant.
E. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator
of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified
in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."
Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended
by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints.
G. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/ weather -
resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.
H. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar
accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material
being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance.
Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic.
2.5 FABRICATED UNITS
A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop -fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with
details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather -
resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to
permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit sub-
strates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming
material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil -canning, buckling, and tool
marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. For metal other
than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with
epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required.
C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in work cannot
be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of
intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed
07620 - 3
01/02
within joints)
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated or required for
proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric
sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards.
E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive
substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or
other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal
expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and
level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently
watertight and weatherproof.
B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for
waterproof performance.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or
deterioration of finishes.
B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of
flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without
damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 07620
07620 - 4
O1/02
wood windows without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure
that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Failure to meet performance requirements.
2. Structural failures including excessive deflection.
3. Water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation.
4. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware.
5. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
6. Insulting glass failure.
B. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
D. Warranty Period for Glass: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
B. Aluminum -Clad Wood Windows:
1. BiltBest Windows and Patio Doors.
2. Caradco Window Corp.; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
3. Crestline; a division of SNE Enterprises, Inc.; a Nortek Company.
4. Eagle Window & Door, Inc.; an American Architectural Products Corporation
Company.
5. Hurd Millwork Co.
6. Kolbe & Kolbe Millwork Co., Inc.
7. Marvin Windows and Doors.
8. Norco Windows and Patio Doors; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
9. Peachtree Doors and Windows; Nortek, Inc.
10. Pella Corporation.
1 1. Pozzi Wood Windows, Jeld-Wen, Inc.
12. Vetter; a division of SNE Enterprises, Inc.; a Nortek Company.
13. Weather Shield Mfg., Inc.
08550 - 3
01/02
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Wood: Clear ponderosa pine or another suitable fine-grained lumber; kiln -dried to a
moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue
stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1 /32 inch (0.8 mrn) deep by 2
inches (51 mm) wide; water-repellent preservative treated.
B. Aluminum Extrusions and Rolled Aluminum for Cladding: Manufacturer's standard formed
sheet or extruded -aluminum cladding, mechanically bonded to exterior exposed wood
members. Provide alum inum alloy and temper recommended by wood window manufacturer
for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than
22.000-psi (150-MPa) ultimate tensile strength, and not less than 16.000-psi (1 1040I1,i)
minimum yield strength.
C. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
D. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
E. High -Performance Organic Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with
inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid -chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion
coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to
exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
F. Fluoropolymer Two -Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermocured system
consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat
containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with
AAMA 2604.
Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
G. Wood Trim and Glazing Stops: Material and finish to match frame members.
H. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials
warranted by manufacturerto be noncorrosive and compatible with wood window members,
cladding, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components.
Exposed Fasteners: Unless unavoidable for applying hardware, do not use exposed
fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish of member or
hardware being fastened, as appropriate.
Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc -coated
steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide
sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
K. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, nickel/chrome-plated steel
complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc -coated steel
or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient
strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
08550 - 4
01 /02
B. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate
hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function
and finish of hardware.
C. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware
schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each
door or opening. Include the following information:
1. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item.
2. Name and manufacturer of each item.
3. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
4. Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor
plans and in door and frame schedule.
5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc. contained in schedule.
6. Mounting locations for hardware.
7. Door and frame sizes and materials.
D. Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance
of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work (e.g., hollow metal frames)
which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data,
samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware, and other information
essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule.
E. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final
instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
F. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work
to be factory -prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings
of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper location and
installation of hardware.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware
supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with
appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two
or more identical sets may be packed in same container.
B. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of the hardware supplier and the hardware
installer until each is satisfied that the count is correct.
C. Deliver individually packaged hardware items atthe propertimes to the proper locations (shop
or project site) for installation.
D. Provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control
handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that
completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after
installation.
08711 - 2
August 17, 2000
City of Fort Collins
Community Planning and Environmental Services
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
Attn: Mr. Jim Clark
Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Horticultural Center
South of Spring Creek, West of Centre Avenue, and
North of the Proposed Extension of Rolland Moore Drive
Fort Collins, Colorado
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Terracon has completed a geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed City of Fort
Collins Horticultural Center to be located south of Spring Creek, west of Centre Avenue and
north of the proposed extension of Rolland Moore Drive. This study was performed in
general accordance with our Proposal No. D2000003 dated January 3, 2000.
The results of our engineering study, including the boring location diagram, laboratory test
results, test boring records, and the geotechnical recommendations needed to aid in the
design and construction of foundations, pavements and other earth connected phases of
this project are attached.
The subsurface soils at the site consisted of an approximate 6-inch layer of silty topsoil
underlain by layers of lean clay, lean clay with sand and sandy lean clay. Silty sand, and
silty sand with gravel layers were encountered beneath the upper clay soils and extended to
the depths explored and/or to the bedrock below. Claystone/siltstone bedrock was
encountered in Test Boring Nos. 1 through 4 at approximate depths of 7-1/2 to 14-1/2 feet
below existing site grades and extended to the depths explored. Groundwater was
encountered in all 5 test borings at relatively shallow depths of approximately 4 to 8-1/2 feet.
The results of field exploration and laboratory testing completed for this study indicate that
the soils at the site have non -to -low expansive potential and the soils at anticipated
foundation bearing depth have moderate load bearing capabilities.
Based on the subsurface conditions encountered and the type on construction proposed, it
is recommended the proposed main 'building and miscellaneous "out building" structures be
supported by conventional -type spread footings. Slab -on -grade construction is considered
feasible at the site provided the recommendations set forth in the report are followed.
0 l /02
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED HARDWARE
A. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each
type of finish hardware is indicated in the Finish Hardware Data Sheet and Hardware
Schedule at the end of this section.
2.2 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. General:
B. Hand of door: Drawings show direction of swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item
of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown.
C. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturer's products which have manufacturer's
name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates), except in
conjunction with required UL labels and as otherwise acceptable to Architect.
D. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using
manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of
lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified forthe applicable hardware unitsby
applicable ANSI A156 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI A 156.18
for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for
those indicated, except as otherwise specified.
E. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally
prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared
for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated.
F. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws
except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match
hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work
as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish.
G. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except
to extent no standard units ofthe type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not
use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on the opposite face is exposed in other
work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide
sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners.
H. Tools and Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized
tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance,
and removal and replacement of finish hardware.
2.3 KEYING
08711 -3
01 /02 _
A. General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final
instructions in writing.
B. Reviewthe keying system with theOwnerand provide the type required (master, grandmaster
or great -grandmaster), either new or integrated with Owner's existing system.
C. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated,
provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a
group of related locks.
D. Permanently inscribe each keywithnumberoflock that identifies cylinder manufacturer's key
symbol, and notation, "DO NOT DUPLICATE."
E. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only.
F. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system,
and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system.
G. Deliver keys to Owner's Representative.
2.4 HARDWARE FINISHES
A. Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent -
possible, and except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much
as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for
individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. In general, match items to the manufacturer's standard finish forthe latch and lock set (or push-pull units if no latch -lock
sets) for color and texture.
B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition,
hardness and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than
specified for the applicable units of hardware by referenced standards.
C. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the
industry -recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware
for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as
specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be
otherwise directed by Architect.
B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into
08711 - 4
01 /02
H. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by
support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at
penetrations.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces ofacoustical ceilings, includingtrim, edge moldings, and suspension
members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to
permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09512
09512 - 5
No Text
01 /02
SECTION 10505 - METAL LOCKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawingsand general provisionsofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wardrobe lockers, including the following:
a. Double Tier of 4 lockers for a total of 8 lockers.
b. Lockers to be 12" wide x 18" deep, without sloped top.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1 _ Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, and shims required for
installing metal lockers and concealed within other construction before metal locker
installation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Uncoated Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Indicated as the minimum thicknesses.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal locker.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1. Show base, sloping tops, filler panels, recess trim and other accessories.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available
for units with factory -applied color finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: Forthe following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes, showingthe
full range ofcolor, texture, and pattern variations expected. Prepare Samples from the same material
to be used for the work.
10505 - 1
01 /02
1. Lockers.
E. Qualification Data: For Installer.
F. Maintenance Data: For adjusting, repairing, and replacing locker doors and latching mechanisms
to include in maintenance manuals.
G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of metal locker manufacturerforinstallation
and maintenance of units required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain metal lockers and accessories through one source from a single
manufacturer. -
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver metal lockers until spaces to receive them are clean, dry, and ready for metal locker
installation.
B. Protect lockers from damage during delivery, handling, storage and installation.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify the following by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings:
I . Concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support metal lockers before they are
enclosed.
2. Recessed openings. _
3. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the
Work, establish recessed opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal lockers
without field measurements. Coordinate wall and floor construction to ensure that actual
recessed opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components of metal lockers that fail in materials or workmanship, excluding finish, within specified
warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
10505 - 2
01 /02
D. Treatment of Exposed and Sem i-Exposed Edges: Edge doors and drawer fronts with plastic
laminate of same material as exposed faces. Edge remaining portions of cabinets with high
pressure plastic laminate not less than 0.028" thick matching adjoining plastic laminate in
colors or patterns and finish, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Style of Face Construction:
Flush Overlay Style: Provide base, wall and full height units (if any), with drawer
fronts, doors and fixed panels (if any) overlaying and concealing cabinet body, unless
otherwise indicated.
G. Cabinet Constructions:
1. Sides, Dividers, Tops, Bottoms, Shelves and Stretchers: Not less than 1/2" thick.
Provide stretchers at top of base cabinet.
2. Backs: Not less than 1 /8" thick.
3. Drawers: Sides, subfronts and backs: not less than 3/8" thick; bottoms: not less
than l /4" thick. Provide box type construction with front, bottom and back rabbeted
in sides and secured with glue and mechanical fasteners.
4. Joinery: Rabbet backs flush into end panels and secure with concealed mechanical
fasteners. Connect wall cabinet tops and bottoms and base cabinet bottoms and
stretchers to ends and dividers by means of mechanical fasteners. Rabbet tops,
bottoms and backs into end panels.
5. Toe Board: Not less than 5/8" thick, attached to subbase with concealed fasteners.
2.4 COUNTERTOPS
A. Exposed Surfacing Material: High pressure plastic laminate, 0.050" thick, General Purpose
Type (GP50).
B. Substrate (Core) for Exposed Surfacing Material: Particleboard.
C. Countertop Configuration: Provide countertops with the following front styles (nose) and
backsplash style, unless otherwise indicated:
D. Front Style: Square.
E. Backsplash Style: D (Square edge with scribe).
F. Countertop Thickness: As indicated, or, if not indicated, not less than 1-1 /2", unless otherwise
indicated, with substrate (core) not less than 3/4" thick.
2.5 HARDWARE
A. Supply and install heavy-duty drawer glides, concealed hinges and 4" brushed chrome door
and drawer pulls, of the quality for the public use of this facility.
12345 - 3
No Text
SECTION 15050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS
1. GENERAL
A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including
references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, is hereby
adopted and made part of this section of the specifications.
B. Materials and methods specified herein apply to all sections under Division
15 of the specifications. Intent of this section is to set forth common
requirements and to avoid repetition under each particular section. See
drawings and/or Division 15 Specification sections to determine which
systems are to be provided.
2. PIPE AND FTI'TINGS
A. Provide pipe and fittings of type and materials scheduled herein, of
quantities shown on the drawings and as required to connect fixtures and
equipment. All fittings shall have ANSI tolerances and dimensions and
have ASTM materials for conformance with piping below.
B. Provide standard weight IPS brass nipples and adapters where required
between copper tubing and fixtures. Steel or iron nipples are not permitted
between copper lines and brass valves or trim.
C. Joints: Joints in all copper domestic piping systems shall be made using
95/5 tin/antimony or equal tensile strength solder that contains no lead.
Engelhard "Silvabrite 100", Oatey "Safeflo" or Canfield "Watersafe" are all
acceptable. Use flux recommended by solder manufacturer. Absolutely no
lead containing solders or fluxes will be allowed in any portion of the work.
The Owner reserves the right to inspect solders, fluxes and joints. Any
joint found containing lead solder shall be cause for resoldering all joints
made in all systems in the building. Copper heating piping systems shall be
brazed for 1-1/4" pipes and larger, except connections to valves and units
that may be damaged by the heat.
D. Pipe and Fitting Schedule
l . Building sanitary sewer below grade.
a. Hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe, service weight,
centrifugally spun, ASTM A-74. Fittings cast iron hub and
spigot. Joints positive -seal elastomeric compression type.
Tyler Ty -Seal or equal.
OR
15050 - 1
7
A. Plates shall be installed on all exposed pipe passing through walls, floors,
or ceilings. Plates shall be as manufactured by Ritter Pattern and Casting
Company, 120 Walker Street, New York, New York 10013, or approved
equal, chrome plated steel plates with set screw and concealed hinge. Cut
plates to fit flush at close -spaced piping locations.
PIPE HANGERS SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS*
A. Provide pipe hangers, supports, anchors, and guides as specified herein
and/or indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standardization society
specification SP-69. Locate at changes in direction and at concentrated
loads. Hanger design shall permit vertical adjustment and lateral movement
to allow pipe expansion. Double nut hangers where piping is subject to
water hammer, ie. near flush valves and solenoid valves.
B. Bear hot piping directly on hangers or on insulation shields and cold piping
on insulation, shielded as described under article for insulation.
Provide pipe hangers of ample diameter for cold piping insulation and
vapor barrier jacket.
C. Use carbon steel adjustable hangers as follows:
1. Steel and cast iron, 2 1/2" and larger. Grinnell Fig. 260, Fee and
Mason Fig. 239, Elcen Fig. 12.
2. Steel, plastic and cast iron, 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. 69, Fee
and Mason Fig. 400, Elcen Fig. 202.
3. Copper pipe 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. CT-69, Fee and Mason
Fig. 389, Elcen Fig. 389.
D. Three or more pipes may be supported on trapeze hangers using 2 clevis
hangers and a capped pipe cross member. Isolate copper pipe from bearing
on the cross member with an electrically insulating materiaL
1 • Where indicated trapeze hangers shall be "Unistrut" or equal,
double channel with drop rods. Where pipes are indicated to be
supported from the underside of trapeze hanger provide "Unistrut"
or equal speed clamps. Isolate copper pipe from cross member
same as specified above.
E. Support horizontal steel piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more
stringent:
15050 - 8
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this phase of your project. If you
have any questions concerning this report, or if we may be of further service to you, please
do not hesitate to contact us.
Sincerely,
TERRACON
Prepared by:
David A. Richer, P.E.
Department Manager
Reviewed By:
�. ,T 0 ^••F�C,y.� �F
27712
A
William J. Attwooll, P.E.
Office Manager
Copies to: Addressee (3)
8.
to Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing
Up to 1 1/4" 3/8" 8 ft.
1 1/2" to 3 1/2" 1/2" 8 ft.
4" & 5" 5/8" 12 ft.
6" 3/4" 12 ft.
F. Support horizontal copper piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is
more stringent:
Nom. Tubing Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing
Up to 1 1/2" 3/8" 6 ft.
2" to 2 1/2" 3/8" 8 ft.
3" 1/2" 9 ft.
G. Support horizontal hub and spigot pipe at every hub, 10 ft. max. spacing.
H. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every joint and at each
horizontal branch connection. Sway brace to prevent shear.
I. Support plastic every 4 feet.
J. Support vertical piping as follows:
1. Steel --Every other floor
2. Cast iron and Copper --Every floor, 10 ft. max. intervals
3. Plastic --Every floor plus 5' spacing between floors
K In steel framed structures, support pipe hangers from beam clamps,
attachments and brackets bolted to steel joists or beams. Use steel washer
plates for pipe supported from steel joists, Grinnell Fig. 60, Elcen Fig. 84,
Fee and Mason Fig. 91. Hang near joist panel point, where possible.
Bolting to steel deck is prohibited. Hang pipes over 5" diameter from more
than 1 joist. Absolutely no piping shall be supported directly on the roof
joists.
L. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited.
M. Anchor pipe with steel collars or saddles fitted with lugs and bolts, Keflex
BA or Adsco. Install anchor braces and turnbuckles as required for
stability. Attachment in a manner injurious to the structure is prohibited.
PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General
15050 - 9
B. Provide a UL approved switch for main sprinkler valve(s) where indicated.
Switch shall give alarm indication when main valve is closed. Switch shall
be suitable for 120 volt operation.
C. Alarm indication and wiring for the above will be provided under Division
16.
5. SPRINKLER SYSTEM*
A. Automatic sprinkler system shall be designed by the Contractor for hazard
indicated. Entire system shall be in accordance with NFPA and as specified
herein and/or indicated. Contractor is herein given the option of sizing
sprinkler system per pipe sizing tables in NFPA-13 or by the hydraulic
method.
1. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary flow tests at
site required for hydraulic calculations.
B. Hydraulic design methods shall conform to the methods outlined in NFPA
No. 13 and shall provide for pipe sizes such that not more than a 10 ---
percent variation will occur in sprinkler discharge. Hazen and Williams
formula with C=120 shall be used in hydraulic calculations, and additional
requirements specified herein. Design conditions shall be based on the
most remote 1,500 square feet for each zone. Except where otherwise
indicated, design shall be light hazard with a design density of 0.10 GPM
per square foot, or as determined by the authority having jurisdiction.
C. Prior to 'starting fabrication or installation of sprinkler system, Contractor
shall submit detailed 1/8 inch scale (minimum) shop drawings, stamped
reviewed by agency having jurisdiction, to Architect/Engineer for review
and approval. At time of completion of work, obtain certificate of
inspection and approval from same agency.
D. Approved manufacturer:
1. Viking Sprinkler Corporation
2• Grinnell Company, Inc.
3. The Automatic Sprinkler Corporation of America
4. Grimes Company
5. Approved equal selected from "List of Inspected Fire Protection
Equipment and Materials" published annually by Factory Mutual
Engineering and U.L., and shall bear U.L approved stamp or label.
E. In rooms and/or spaces where sprinkler head locations are not indicated,
Contractor shall locate sprinkler heads to avoid conflicts with other pieces
15300 - 2
Disposer: Insinkerator PRO 333/SS, all stainless steel, 3/4 HP, 115V, with 5-
year warranty.
S=2 Work Sink*
Fixture: Elkay LR-2521, Type 302 stainless steel, 18 gauge, self -rimming and
sound deadened. 25" x 21" O.D. and 21" x 15 3/4" x 7 1/2" deep bowl
with faucet ledge (four hole punch). Drain shall be Elkay LK-35.
Faucet: Elkay Faucet No. LK-2443. Two handle, deck mount, 10" high swing
spout, aerator and wing handles (with retractable spray hose).
UR-1 Urinal*
Fixture: Kohler K-4985-T Freshman Water Guard, white vitreous china, wall
hung with block wall type carrier, siphon jet type with 3/4" inlet spud,
outlet -threaded 2" inside.
Flush Valve: Sloan Royal 186.
WC-1 Water Closet (Floor Mounted, flush Tank, Handicapped)*
Fixture: Kohler K-3544, Highline Pressure Lite, white vitreous china, 1.6 GPF, 17
%2 " high elongated bowl, with tank and trim.
Seat: Olsonite #95, Solid Plastic.
Closet Bolts: 5/16" Solid Brass
WC-2 Water Closet (Floor Mounted, flush Tank)*
Fixture: Kohler K-3458, Wellworth Pressure Lite, white vitreous china, 1.6 GPF,
15 " high, elongated bowl, with tank and trim.
Seat: Olsonite #95, Solid Plastic.
Closet Bolts: 5116" Solid Brass
WH-1 Wall Hydrant (Exterior Wall, Freeze -proof)*
Fixture: Woodford Model 65 freezeless wall hydrant with vacuum breaker -
backflow preventer. With loose key "T" handle. Chrome finish on brass
body. _
END OF SECTION
15440 - 10
SECTION 15850 - VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
1. GENERAL
A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including
references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and
Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part
of this section of the specifications.
2. SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work in this section of the specification and the accompanying
drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material
and equipment necessary to install air handling and air conditioning
systems as indicated on drawings and specified herein, including minor
items obviously necessary for complete and operating systems.
3. ACCESS PANELS*
A. Provide access panels to permit inspection and maintenance of all
automatic dampers, fire dampers, control equipment, coils and other
equipment requiring maintenance. Panels shall be located in position
dictated by the equipment such that maintenance may be performed.
Panels shall not be located in top side of ducts. Ceiling panels to be
compatible with type ceiling used.
B. Panels shall be attached to duct with zinc plated cam latches. 18" x 18"
and smaller panels shall have a minimum of two (2) latches. Larger panels
shall have a minimum of four (4) latches. Panels shall set in rigid frame
with sponge rubber gasketing to prevent air leakage. Panels may be of
single wall uninsulated construction.
C. Where duct size permits, access panels shall be minimum 18" x 16" or 2"
smaller than duct size, whichever is smaller.
4. BALANCING DAMPERS*
A. These dampers shall be the product of recognized manufacturers and shall
be installed upstream of each supply register or diffuser.
B. For rectangular ductwork requiring a blade width greater than 8" use an
opposed blade damper with 3-1/2" x 1" x 16 gauge galvanized steel hat
channel frame. Blades shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel, maximum width
8". Axles shall be 1/2" diameter galvanized steel. Bearings shall be heavy-
duty nylon or bronze sleeve type. Actuator shall be 1 /2" diameter manual
locking quadrant.
15850 - 1
National Roofing Contractor's Association. Flashing and counterflashing
with galvanized sheet metal, soldered watertight, shall be provided and —
installed by roofer. Curb with solid bottom, acoustically lined. With
openings through the curb and roof only large enough for duct
penetrations. _
G. Wash all flashings and counterflashings with acetic acid, and paint with
one coat of oil paint, black in color. _
H. This Contractor shall take responsibility for the integrity of the roof,
including making all new roof penetrations, and making installation
watertight.
I. Rooftop equipment shall be anchored to withstand wind loads of 30 -�
pounds per square foot.
17. FLUE VENT*
A. Flue shall be double wall Type B vent with cap. Install per Uniform
Mechanical Code and NFPA No. 54. _
B. Ampco, Metalbestos, Metal Fab Inc., Dura-Vent or approved equal. U.L.
approved.
END OF SECTION
15850 - 10
3.2 PREPARATION
A Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to
comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements:
4 Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from
penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping.
5 Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces
capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining
from cleaning operation.
6 Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
B Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that
manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow
spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. —
C Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that
will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or
damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials.
Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates.
3.3 INSTALLING THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOPS
A General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through -
penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and
applications indicated.
B Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials
during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross -sectional shapes and depths
required to achieve fire ratings of designated through -penetration firestop systems. After installing
fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as
permanent components of firestop systems.
C Install fill materials for through -penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the
following results:
7 Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, fonning materials, accessories, and
penetrating items.
8 Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating
items.
9 For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, -
uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
3.4 INSTALLING FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS
A General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C
1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to
products and applications indicated.
B Install joint filters to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to
FIRESTOPPING 16070 - 10
produce the cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire -resistance rating required.
C Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint
substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform,
cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability.
Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed.
D Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing
begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire -
resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants
with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents
that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace firestopping so that it complies with requirements
3.6 CLEANING
A Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of
products in which opening and joints occur.
B Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or
from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or
deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and
install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 16070
FIRESTOPPING 16070 - 11
No Text
SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes receptacles, connectors, switches, and finish plates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter.
B. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product specified.
B. Maintenance Data: For materials and products to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Receptacles for Owner -Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.
1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - l
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. Wiring Devices:
a. Bryant Electric, Inc.
b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. GE Company; GE Wiring Devices.
d. Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Devices Div.
e. Kil lark Electric Manufacturing Co.
f. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
g. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
h. Pyle -National, Inc.; an Amphenol Co.
2.2 RECEPTACLES
A. Straight -Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy -Duty grade.
B. GFCI Receptacles: Feed -through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R --
duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on same circuit.
Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an adapter.
2.3 CORD AND PLUG SETS
A. Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of
equipment being connected.
1. Cord: Rubber -insulated, stranded -copper conductors, with type SOW -A jacket. Green -
insulated grounding conductor, and equipment -rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30
percent.
2. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable -clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for -
connection.
2.4 SWITCHES
A. Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, quiet type.
2.5 WALL PLATES
A. Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material: Smooth nylon.
2.6 FINISHES
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 2
Sheet # LI 506, Pump Station Detail
Item 28 shall read: 2-inch copper pipe from backflow. Transition to PVC
pipe below grade, 2-feet beyond edge of building. Install PVC pipe from
transition to water meter. See civil drawings for meter location.
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL
SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and
perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the
complete manufacturing of the pumping system, and guarantee/warranty as
shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items of
work specifically included are:
A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees as required by
local utilities and regulations.
B. Services of a factory field service person to supervise the assembly,
installation, and start-up of the pumping system, and the training of
maintenance staff.
C. Furnishing and installing a prefabricated, vertical turbine type pumping
system including pumps, motors, electrical controls, and other items as
specified.
D. Maintenance period.
1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED:
Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are:
A. Provision and installation of electrical transformer on site.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Deliver four (4) copies of all submittals to the Owners Representative
within 21 days from the date of Notice To Proceed. Deliver Maintenance
Manual prior to start-up.
B. Materials List: Include pipe, valve, fittings, pumps and motors, control
system components, and electrical equipment. Quantities of materials
need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, performance
curves, specifications, and operating instructions for equipment shown on
the materials list. Submit complete instructions for installation, operation,
and recommended maintenance of the pump system.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
Letterof Transmittal............................................................................................................. i
INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 1
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION..........................................................................................1
SITEEXPLORATION..........................................................................................................2
FieldExploration......................................................................................................2
LaboratoryTesting..................................................................................................
3
SITECONDITIONS........................................................................
.....................................3
Geology...................................................................................................................
4
Soil Conditions....................................................................................
............... ..... 4
Field and Laboratory Test Results...........................................................................
4
GroundwaterConditions..........................................................................................
5
ENGINEERING ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS.................................................
5
Geotechnical Considerations...................................................................................
5
FoundationSystems................................................................................................
5
Lateral Earth Pressures...........................................................................................6
SeismicConsiderations...........................................................................................
7
Floor Slab Design and Construction........................................................................
7
Pavement Design and Construction........................................................................
8
Earthwork................................................................................................................
11
General Considerations...............................................................................
11
SitePreparation...........................................................................................
11
SubgradePreparation..................................................................................
12
Fill Materials and Placement........................................................................
12
Excavation and Trench Construction...........................................................13
Additional Design and Construction Considerations................................................14
Exterior Slab Design and Construction.........................................................14
Underground Utility Systems, .......................................................................
14
CorrosionProtection....................................................................................14
SurfaceDrainage.........................................................................................15
GENERALCOMMENTS..................................................................................................... 15
A. Color: Manufacturers standard, as selected by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure.
B. All electrical devices such as switches and outlets shall be specification grade suitable for high
abuse areas.
C. All electrical devices such as disconnects, receptacles, etc. for mechanical equipment shall be
attached directly to that equipment.
D. Duplex convenience outlets and lighting switches shall be rated 20 ampere, minimum.
Raceways shall not be supported from or attached to ceiling support wires.
E. Install wall plates when painting is complete.
F. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single,
multigang wall plates.
G. Protect devices and assemblies during painting.
3.2 OUTLETS:
A. Any unusual electric outlets which are specified to be supplied by the electrical contractor shall
be specified to be provided with cord caps to match plug. Outlets shall conform to NEMA
configurations.
B. Use specification grade devices with all brass grounding system.
C. Outlet boxes shall be minimum 4 inch nominal square or octagonal, except that cut -in boxes
will be allowed in masonry walls. Sectional or handy boxes not permitted.
3.3 LIGHT SWITCHES:
A. Use specification grade devices suitable for high abuse areas.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
l . Switches: Where three or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated, identify
each switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate.
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 3
2. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use machine -
printed, pressure -sensitive, abrasion -resistant label tape on face of plate and durable wire
markers or tags within outlet boxes.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
B. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch -circuit equipment grounding conductor.
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL
486A and UL 486B.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device at least six
times.
B. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
C. Replace damaged or defective components.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained or improperly
painted wall plates or devices.
END OF SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 4
SECTION 16145 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole
lighting relays and contactors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include dimensions and data on features, components, and ratings for lighting
control devices.
B. Maintenance Data: For lighting control devices to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total
responsibility for compatibility of lighting control system components.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, for their indicated use and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices.
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
l . Contactors and Relays:
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 1
a. Automatic Switch Co.
b. Challenger Electrical Equipment Corp.
C. Cutler -Hammer Products; Eaton Corporation.
d. Furnas Electric Co.
e. GE Lighting Controls.
f. Hubbell Lighting, Inc.
g. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
h. Square D Co.; Power Management Organization
i. Zenith Controls, Inc.
2. Time Switches:
a.
Diversified Electronics, Inc.
b.
Grasslin Controls Corp.
C.
Intermatic, Inc.
d.
Leviton Manufacturing.
e.
Paragon Electric Co., Inc.
f.
Tork, Inc.
g.
Zenith Controls, Inc.
3. Photoelectric Relays:
a.
Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation.
b.
Area Lighting Research, Inc.
C.
Fisher Pierce.
d.
Grasslin Controls, Corp.
e.
Intermatic, Inc.
f.
Paragon Electric Co., Inc.
g.
Rhodes: M H Rhodes, Inc.
h.
SSAC, Inc.
i.
Tork, Inc.
4. Occupancy
Sensors:
a.
Arrow Hart Wiring Devices.
b.
BRK Electronics.
C.
Bryant Electric.
d.
Honeywell, Inc.; Home and Building Controls.
e.
Hubbell Lighting, Inc.
f
Lightolier.
g.
Lithonia Control Systems.
h.
MyTech Corporation.
i.
Novitas, Inc.
j.
RAB Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
k.
SenTec, Inc.
1.
Sterner Lighting Systems, Inc.
M.
Tork, Inc.
n.
Touchplate.
o.
Unenco Electronics (A Hubbell Co.).
p.
Watt Stopper, Inc. (The).
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 2
2.2 TIME SWITCHES
A. Description: Solid-state programmable units with alphanumeric display complying with
UL 917.
B. Description: Electromechanical -dial type complying with UL 917.
1. 24-hour clock.
2. Two contacts, rated 30 A at 208-V ac, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Two pilot -duty contacts, rated 2 A at 240-V ac, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Eight -day program uniquely programmable for each weekday and holidays.
5. Skip -day mode.
2.3 PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS
A. Description: Solid state, with single -pole, double -throw dry contacts rated to operate connected
relay or contactor coils or microprocessor input, and complying with UL 773A.
B. Light -Level Monitoring Range: 0 to 3500 fc (0 to 37 673 lx), with an adjustment for turn-
on/turn-off levels.
C. Time Delay: Prevents false operation.
D. Outdoor Sealed Units: Weathertight housing, resistant to high temperatures and equipped with
sun -glare shield and ice preventer.
2.4 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Switch -Box -Mounting and Ceiling -Mounted Units: Unit receives power directly from switch
leg of the 120-V ac circuit it controls and operates integral power switching contacts. Contacts
shall be rated 800 W at 120-V ac, minimum for wall switches and 1500 W at 120-V ac
minimum for ceiling mounted devices.
B. Operation: Turns lights on when room or covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Time Delay for Turning Lights Off. Adjustable over a range from 1 to 15 minutes,
minimum.
2. Manual Override Switch for Switch Box Mounted: Turns lights off manually regardless
of elapsed time delay.
C. Auxiliary Power and Control Units: As follows:
1. Relays rated for a minimum of 20-A normal ballast load or 13-A tungsten filament or
high -inrush ballast load.
2. Sensor Power Supply: Rated to supply the number of connected sensors.
D. Dual -Technology Type: Uses a combination of passive -infrared and ultrasonic detection
methods to distinguish between occupied and unoccupied conditions for area covered.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 3
Particular technology or combination of technologies that controls each function (on or off) is
selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
2.5 MULTIPOLE CONTACTORS AND RELAYS
A. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically held, and complying with UL 508 and
NEMA ICS 2.
1. Current Rating for Switching: UL listing or rating consistent with type of load served,
including tungsten filament, inductive, and high -inrush ballast (ballasts with 15 percent
or less total harmonic distortion of normal load current).
2. Control Coil Voltage: Match control power source.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
C. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended devices and to center of unit for
wall -mounting devices.
3.2 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between sensing and control devices according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic
Electrical Materials and Methods."
C. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
D. Ground equipment.
E. Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 16 Section "Basic
Electrical Materials and Methods."
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 4
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least seven days' advance
notice.
B. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labeling, and
nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents.
C. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous six
months. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values.
D. Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated within previous six months.
E. Electrical Tests: Use particular caution when testing devices containing solid-state components.
Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions:
1. Continuity tests of circuits.
2. Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and capabilities
in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions.
a. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual operational
conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations.
F. Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Verify that specified
requirements are met.
G. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to tested
components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative.
H. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and
workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and materials
recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as
specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and
preventive maintenance. Provide a minimum of three hours' training.
2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of maintenance manuals as a training aid.
3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
3.7 ON -SITE ASSISTANCE
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 5
A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up to
three Project site visits, when requested, to adjust light levels, make program changes, and
adjust sensors and controls to suit actual conditions.
3.8 CONTROL SEQUENCE FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING
A. Each control zone shall be controlled by a 24 hour clock, photo cell and contactor combination.
The photo control shall turn the lights on at dusk and off at dawn. The 24-hour time clock shall
turn the lights off after dusk and on before dawn. The electrician as directed by the owner shall
program these on/off time settings. The light zones shall be wired through the contactors and
these photo cell(s) and time clocks shall control these contactors. One photocell may be used
when provided with at least a 3-contactor relay.
END OF SECTION 16145
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 16145 - 6
SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes individually mounted enclosed switches used for the following:
1. Service disconnecting means.
2. Motor and equipment disconnecting means.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for attachment plugs, receptacles, and toggle
switches used for disconnecting means.
2. Division 16 Section "Fuses" for fusible devices.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter.
B. RMS: Root mean square.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of switch, accessory, and component indicated. Include
dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B. Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and for components to include in maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Closeout Procedures," include the following:
1. Routine maintenance requirements for components.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 1
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, and components with other construction,
including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace
clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Spares: For the following:
a. Fuses for Fused Switches: 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Fusible Switches:
a. Eaton Corp.; Cutler -Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
C. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2.2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
A. Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips to
accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in
closed position.
2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS I to meet environmental conditions of installed location.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 2
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
APPENDIX A
Site Plan and Boring Location Diagram
Logs of Borings
APPENDIX B
Laboratory Test Results
APPENDIX C
General Notes
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations (Greenhouse areas): NEMA 250, Type 4.
2.4 FACTORY FINISHES
A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard gray paint applied to factory -assembled and -tested enclosures
before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods".
B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic
nameplate mounted with corrosion -resistant screws.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Install equipment grounding connections for switches with ground continuity to main electrical
ground bus.
B. Install power wiring. Install wiring between switches and control and indication devices.
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated
in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 3
3.5 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of enclosures. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16410
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16410 - 4
SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, and associated auxiliary
equipment rated 600 V and less for the following types:
1. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards.
2. Distribution panelboards.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
B. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter.
C. RFI: Radio -frequency interference.
D. RMS: Root mean square.
E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
F. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, accessory, and
component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features,
performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
C. Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 1
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NEMA PB 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that
penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment,
raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Keys: Six spares of each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories:
a. Eaton Corp.; Cutler -Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
C. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2.2 FABRICATION AND FEATURES
A. Enclosures: Surface -mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, to meet environmental
conditions at installed location. Surface -mounted cabinets as indicated. For panel LPPH use
Type 4. NO EXCEPTIONS. Option is panelboard with Type 1 enclosure mounted within
NEMA Type 4 cabinet enclosure with door.
B. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface -mounted fronts, match box
dimensions.
C. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim
cover.
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 2
D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer coat.
E. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside
panelboard door.
F. Bus: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
G. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material.
H. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment ground conductors;
bonded to box.
I. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for
future installation of devices.
J. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch -circuit equipment ground conductors;
insulated from box.
2.3 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
A. UL label indicating series -connected rating with integral or remote upstream overcurrent
protective devices. Include size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices
allowable, and UL series -connected short-circuit rating.
B. Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals.
2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in or Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable
without disturbing adjacent units.
B. Doors: Front mounted with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed
alike.
2.5 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Doors: Front mounted, secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
B. Branch overcurrent protective devices shall be one of the following:
1. For Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in circuit breakers.
2. For Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt -on circuit breakers; plug-in
circuit breakers where individual positive -locking device requires mechanical release for
removal.
2.6 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 3
A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault
currents.
1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level
overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits.
B. Molded -Case Circuit -Breaker Features and Accessories. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and
number of poles.
1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of
conductors.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent
lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION —
A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts
uniformly flush with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing
panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories in pencil are
acceptable.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ---
ties after completing load balancing.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." —
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated -plastic
nameplate mounted with corrosion -resistant screws.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Install equipment grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to main
electrical ground bus.
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 4 _
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated
in NETA ATS, Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with
test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
B. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes as follows:
1. Measure as directed during period of normal system loading.
2. Perform load -balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of
the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax
machines and on-line data-processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment.
3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings
before and after changes and submit test records.
4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is
not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement.
3.5 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16442
PANELBOARDS 16442 - 5
No Text
SECTION 16478 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes transient voltage surge suppressors for low -voltage circuits and equipment.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Transient voltage suppression for low -voltage distribution systems, with suppressors located at
service entrances equipment.
B. System Exposure: IEEE C62.41, medium.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished
specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.
B. Maintenance Data: For transient voltage surge suppressors to include in the maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
C. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated equipment specified in this Section that is listed
and labeled.
0. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
1. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"
as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with UL 1449 Second Edition Testing. Manufacturer to comply with ISO 9000 Quality
Control procedures.
D. Comply with IEEE Std. 142-1991, Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems,
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 - 1
IEEE, NY, 1992.
E. Comply with IEEE Std. 1100-1999, Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment,
IEEE, NY, 1999.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
1.7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Government
of other rights the Government may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and
shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: A written warranty, executed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace -"
components of transient voltage surge suppressors that fail in materials or workmanship within the
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.8 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
A. Liebert, Interceptor Series Surge Suppressor
B. Functional Description: Solid-state, 2-stage, transient voltage surge suppressors employing no
series -connected suppression components. _
1. Primary Suppression: Employs metal oxide varistor suppression modules.
2. Secondary Suppression: Employs metal oxide varistor suppression modules.
3. Fuses in each suppression -module circuit prevent damage to suppressor during failure of any
module.
C. Overall Ratings: As indicated and as required to comply with location categories according to
NEMA LS 1.
D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: At least 115 percent of nominal system operating
voltage.
E. Connection Means: Permanently wired.
F. Protection Modes: Include the following:
1. Line -to -neutral, where applied on grounded circuits.
2. Line -to -line.
3. Line -to -ground.
4. Neutral -to -ground, where applied on grounded circuits.
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 - 2 --
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
PROPOSED HORTICULTURAL CENTER
SOUTH OF SPRING CREEK, WEST OF CENTRE AVENUE, AND
NORTH OF THE EXTENSION TO ROLLAND MOORE DRIVE
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
TERRACON PROJECT NO. 20005136
AUGUST 17, 2000
INTRODUCTION
This report contains the results of our geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed
City of Fort Collins Horticultural Center to be located south of Spring Creek, west of Centre
Avenue and north of the proposed extension of Rolland Moore Drive in Fort Collins,
Colorado. The site is located in the North 1/2 of Section 23, Township 7 North, Range 69
West of the 6th Principal Meridian.
The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering
recommendations relative to:
• subsurface soil and bedrock conditions
• groundwater conditions
• foundation design and construction
• lateral earth pressures
• floor slab design and construction
• pavement design and construction
• earthwork
• drainage
The recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and
laboratory testing, engineering analyses, and experience with similar soil conditions,
structures and our understanding of the proposed project.
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
Based on the available information provided to us, it is our understanding the site is to be
developed into the City of Fort Collins Horticultural Center. The project will consist of a main
building, various "out buildings", numerous gardens and horticultural theme concepts and a
COMMUNITY HORTICULTURE CENTER, CITY OF FORT COLLINS
G. Service Conditions: Include the following:
1. Operating Temperature: 30 to 120 deg F (0 to 50 deg C).
2. Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, noncondensing.
3. Altitude: Less than 20,000 feet (6000 m) above sea level.
H. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1.
I. Options: Status indicator with both audible and visual indication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, power
characteristics, and other conditions affecting performance of transient voltage surge suppressors.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect transient voltage suppression circuit in line -to -neutral configuration.
B. Ground each transient voltage surge suppressor enclosure.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Supervision of the field assembly of components and installation of
transient voltage surge suppressors, including electrical connections, by a factory -authorized service
representative. Report results in writing.
END OF SECTION 16478
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 - 3
No Text
SECTION 16491 - FUSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes cartridge fuses, rated 600 V and less, for use in switches and controllers.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Provide fuses from a single manufacturer.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
C. Comply with NEMA FU 1.
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F (4.4
deg C) or more than 100 deg F (38 deg C), apply manufacturer's ambient temperature
adjustment factors to fuse ratings.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate fuse ratings with HVAC and refrigeration equipment nameplate limitations of
maximum fuse size.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged in
original cartons or containers and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fuses: Quantity equal to 10 percent of each fuse type and size, but not fewer than 1 of
each type and size.
FUSES 16491 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cooper Industries, Inc.; Bussmann Div.
2. Eagle Electric Mfg. Co., Inc.
3. Ferraz Corp.
4. General Electric Co.; Wiring Devices Div. --
5. Gould Shawmut.
6. Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary.
2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES
A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated;
voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes
and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.
B. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to
fuse ratings. -
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS
A. Main Service: Class RKI, time delay.
B. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.
C. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without _
removing fuse.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
FUSES 16491 - 2
A. Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch.
END OF SECTION 16491
FUSES 16491 - 3
No Text
SECTION 16511 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building
surfaces, lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and accessories.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for programmable lighting control
systems, time switches, additional photoelectric relays, power relays, and contactors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture indicated, arranged in order of fixture
designation. Include data on features, accessories, and the following:
1. Dimensions of fixtures.
2. Emergency lighting unit battery and charger.
3. Fluorescent and high -intensity -discharge ballasts.
4. Types of lamps.
B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans and sections drawn to scale and coordinating
fixture installation with ceiling grid, ceiling -mounted items, and other components in the
vicinity. Include work of all trades that is to be installed near lighting equipment.
C. Maintenance Data: For lighting fixtures to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 1
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Fixtures, Mounting Hardware, and Trim: Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures
with ceiling system and other construction.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other -
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements
of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty for Batteries: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to replace
rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Special Warranty Period for Batteries: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10
years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and
prorated warranty for last nine years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for
each designation in the Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule on the Contract Documents.
2.2 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent _
warping and sagging.
C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under
operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors,
frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and
when secured in operating position.
D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. _
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or annealed crystal
glass, unless otherwise indicated.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 2
1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat,
and ultraviolet radiation.
2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch (3 mm) minimum, unless greater thickness is indicated.
2.3 FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS
A. General Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following:
1. Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output.
2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent.
3. Sound Rating: A.
B. Electronic Ballasts for Linear Lamps: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the
following, besides those in "General Requirements" Paragraph above:
1. Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label.
2. Encapsulation: Without voids in potting compound.
3. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light output on
surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.
C. Ballasts for Compact Lamps in Recessed Fixtures: Unless otherwise indicated, additional
features include the following:
1. Type: Electronic, fully encapsulated in potting compound.
2. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
3. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.
4. Flicker: Less than 5 percent.
5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: Less than 1.7.
6. Transient Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 for Category A 1 locations.
7. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C for limitations on
electromagnetic and radio -frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.
8. End of life technology to remove the lamp from the circuit.
D. Ballasts for Compact Lamps in Nonrecessed Fixtures: Unless otherwise indicated, additional
features include the following:
1. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
2. Ballast Coil Temperature: 65 deg C, maximum.
3. Transient Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 for Category A 1 locations.
4. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C for limitations on
electromagnetic and radio -frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.
5. End of life technology to remove the lamp from the circuit.
E. Ballasts for Low -Temperature Environments: As follows:
Temperatures 0 Deg F (Minus 17 Deg C) and Above: Electronic type rated for 0 deg F
(minus 17 deg C) starting temperature.
2.4 EXIT SIGNS
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 -3
A. General Requirements: Comply with UL 924 and the following:
1. Sign Colors and Lettering Size: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Internally Lighted Signs: As follows:
1. Lamps for AC Operation: Light -emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum rated lamp life.
C. Self -Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained power
pack.
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, nickel -cadmium type with special warranty. ---
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from unit when circuit voltage drops to
80 percent of nominal or below. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects
lamps, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
2.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. General Requirements: Self-contained units. Comply with UL 924. Units include the
following features:
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type with minimum 10-year nominal life
and special warranty.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80
percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when _
voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
2.6 LAMPS
A. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index: 3500 K and 85 CRI,
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when
used on rapid -start circuits.
2.7 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," for channel- and
angle -iron supports.
B. Single -Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (12-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling
canopy. Finish same as fixture.
C. Aircraft Cable Support: Use cable, anchorages, and intermediate supports recommended by
fixture manufacturer.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 4
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
parking area. Also included will be the continuation of Rolland Moore Drive along the
southern boundary of the site.
The main building is anticipated to be an approximate 8,000 square foot single -story
structure which will house a conservatory, a working greenhouse, offices, meeting rooms, a
teaching kitchen and a gift shop. The grounds will include various demonstration gardens, a
small amphitheater, a courtyard and a neighborhood park. The anticipated maximum wall
and columns loads for the main building are estimated to be 1 to 4 klf and 10 to 75 kips,
respectively.
SITE EXPLORATION
The scope of the services performed for this project included a site reconnaissance by a
geotechnical engineer, a subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering
analyses.
Field Explorattbn
A total of six (6) test borings were drilled on July 25, 2000 to approximate depths 5 to 25 feet
below existing site grades. At the time of our initial site exploration, the conceptual plan and
building layouts were not completed. Therefore, Terracon proposed to locate and drill 5 test
borings throughout the site, in an effort to provide a comprehensive soils, bedrock, and
groundwater profile for the entire property. After receiving the final layout for the proposed
development, it appears Test Boring No. 5 was drilled within the footprint of the proposed
main building, Test Boring Nos. 2 and 4 were drilled within the proposed parking area, and
Test Boring Nos. 1 and 3 were drilled within wetland/habitat gardens and the theme
garden/prairie areas. Test Boring No. 6 was drilled within the proposed extension of Rolland
Moore Drive as indicated on the enclosed Site Plan, Figure 1.
All borings were advanced with a truck -mounted drilling rig, utilizing 4-inch diameter solid
stem augers. The borings were located in the field by pacing from property lines and/or
existing site features. The accuracy of boring locations should only be assumed to the level
implied by the methods used.
Continuous lithologic logs of each boring were recorded by the geotechnical engineer during
the drilling operations. At selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were taken
by means of pushing thin -walled Shelby tubes, or by driving split -spoon samplers.
Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the split -spoon into the
subsurface materials with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The penetration
K
2.8 FINISHES
A. Fixtures: Manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer, free of defects.
2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure according to
manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittal materials. Install lamps in each
fixture.
B. Support for Fixtures in or on Grid -Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid for support.
1. Install a minimum of four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture. Locate
not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from fixture corners.
2. Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture
corner.
3. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Arrange as indicated on reflected ceiling plans
or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-
inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees.
C. Suspended Fixture Support: As follows:
1. Continuous Rows: Suspend from cable installed according to fixture manufacturer's
written instructions and details on Drawings.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment.
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
B. Advance Notice: Give dates and times for field tests.
C. Tests: As follows:
1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation.
2. Emergency Lighting: Interrupt electrical supply to demonstrate proper operation.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 5
3. Verify normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal.
D. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure
until units operate properly.
E. Corrosive Fixtures: Replace during warranty period.
3.4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Clean fixtures internally and externally after installation. Use methods and materials
recommended by manufacturer.
B. Adjust aimable fixtures as required by the Architect and Engineer.
3.5 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. See schedule on Contract Documents
END OF SECTION 16511
INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 6
SECTION 16521 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts, but not mounted on exterior surfaces of
buildings.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Lighting Poles and Standards" for poles and other support structures
and for requirements of resistance to wind and ice loads.
2. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for exterior luminaires normally mounted on
exterior surfaces of buildings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each luminaire, arranged in the order of lighting unit designation. Include
data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
1. Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated
parameters.
2. Luminaire dimensions, effective projected area, details of attaching luminaires,
accessories, and installation and construction details.
3. Luminaire materials.
4. High -intensity -discharge ballasts.
5. High -intensity -discharge lamps.
6. Electrical and energy -efficiency data for ballasts.
B. Shop Drawings: Anchor -bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer.
C. Coordination Drawings: Mounting and connection details, drawn to scale, for exterior
luminaires with requirements specified in Division 2 Section "Lighting Poles and Standards."
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires to include in maintenance manuals.
E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with IEEE C2, "National Electrical Safety Code."
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate exterior luminaires with mounting and wind load requirements in Division 2 Section
"Lighting Poles and Standards."
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace luminaires or components of luminaires and lamps that fail in materials or
workmanship; corrode; or fade, stain, or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within
specified warranty period. Manufacturer may exclude lightning damage, hail damage,
vandalism, abuse, or unauthorized repairs or alterations from special warranty coverage.
1. Warranty Period for Luminaires: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
a. Warranty Period for Metal Corrosion: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
b. Warranty Period for Color Retention: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Lamps: Replace lamps and fuses that fail within 12 months from
date of Substantial Completion; furnish replacement lamps and fuses that fail within the
second 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2.2 LUMINAIRES, GENERAL
A. Complying with UL [ 1572] [ l 598] and listed for installation in wet locations.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 -2
B. Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for
luminaires.
C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
D. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated. Form and
support to prevent warping and sagging.
E. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or
replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens.
G. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
H. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat,
and UV radiation.
I. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
J. Lenses and Refractors Gaskets: Use heat- and aging -resistant resilient gaskets to seal and
cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
2.3 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES
A. Luminaires as specified on the plans.
2.4 HIGH -INTENSITY -DISCHARGE LAMP BALLASTS
A. General: Comply with NEMA C82.4 and UL 1029. Shall include the following features, unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Type: Constant -wattage autotransformer or regulating high -power -factor type.
2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for single -lamp
ballasts.
3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg Q.
4. Open -circuit operation will not reduce average life.
5. Ballast Fuses: One in each ungrounded power supply conductor. Voltage and current
ratings as recommended by ballast manufacturer.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 -3
2.5 HIGH -INTENSITY -DISCHARGE LAMPS
A. Metal -Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, wattage and burning position as scheduled, CRI 75
(minimum), and color temperature 3000.
2.6 FACTORY FINISHES
A. Factory -Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes
Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and
designating finishes.
1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the
Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff
complying with AA-M20; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard -coat wax.
3. Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: medium satin;
Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I,
integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker)
complying with AAMA 611.
a. Color: Black.
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory test fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for isofootcandle curves, zonal
lumen, average and minimum ratios, and electrical and energy -efficiency data for ballasts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install lamps in each fixture.
B. Luminaire Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports.
C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 4
END OF SECTION 16521
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521 - 5
No Text
SECTION 16851 - FIRE ALARM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes fire alarm systems with manual stations, detectors, signal equipment,
controls, and devices.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. FACP: Fire alarm control panel.
B. LED: Light -emitting diode.
C. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. General: Noncoded, addressable -analog system with manual and automatic alarm initiation;
automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors; and multiplexed signal transmission
dedicated to fire alarm service only.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. , Shop Drawings:
1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring and differentiate between manufacturer -installed and
field -installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals
and interconnections identified.
2. Battery: Sizing calculations.
3. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations and routings of raceway connections.
4. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming.
5. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including method of
operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operations for manually
and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard
descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 1
C. Coordination Drawings: Plans, sections, and elevations drawn to scale and coordinating
installation of smoke detectors in ducts and access to them. Show the following near each duct
smoke provision of detector installation:
1. Size and location of ducts, including lining.
2. Size and location of piping.
3. Size and arrangement of structural elements.
4. Size and location of duct smoke detector, including air -sampling elements.
D. Operating Instructions: For mounting at the FACP.
E. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of system components certifying that products
furnished comply with requirements.
F. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with
requirements.
G. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements. Comply with NFPA 72. H. Maintenance Data: For fire alarm systems to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1. Comply with NFPA 72.
I. Submissions to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements for
Submittals specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals," make an identical submission to -
authorities having jurisdiction. Include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to
depict component locations to facilitate review. Resubmit if required to make clarifications or
revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities having jurisdiction,
submit them to Architect for review.
J. Certificate of Completion: Comply with NFPA 72.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the
FACP manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing systems similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain fire alarm system components through one source from a single
manufacturer.
D. Compliance with Local Requirements: Comply with applicable building code, local ordinances
and regulations, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Comply with NFPA 72.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 2 _
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
resistance value is a useful index in estimating the consistency, relative density or hardness
of the materials encountered.
Groundwater conditions were evaluated in each boring at the time of site exploration.
Laboratory Testing
All samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for
observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. Samples of bedrock were
classified in accordance with the General Notes for Bedrock Classification. At that time, the
field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary and an applicable laboratory -
testing program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface
materials. Boring logs were prepared and are presented in Appendix A.
Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil samples and are presented in Appendix B.
The test results were used for the geotechnical engineering analyses, and the development
of foundation and earthwork recommendations. All laboratory tests were performed in
general accordance with the applicable ASTM, local or other accepted standards.
Selected soil and bedrock samples were tested for the following engineering properties:
• Water Content . Plasticity Index
• Dry Density . Water Soluble Sulfate Content
• Consolidation • Expansion
SITE CONDITIONS
The site for the proposed development is presently a vacant, undeveloped tract of land
situated on the south side of Spring Creek and west of Centre Avenue. The site is relatively
flat, sparsely vegetated with native grass and weeds and exhibits fair/positive surface
drainage in the northeast direction. The Arthur Ditch runs parallel along the west boundary
of the site, with the Windtrail Development beyond the ditch to the west. Further to the
north, beyond Spring Creek, is the University Park Holiday Inn.
3
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
I. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount
installed, but not less than one unit.
2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less
than one unit.
3. Smoke Detectors, Fire Detectors, and Flame Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of
amount of each type installed, but not less than one unit of each type.
4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 2 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less
than one unit of each type.
5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamperproofed components.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
M.
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cerberus Pyrotronics.
2. Edwards Systems Technology; Unit of General Signal.
3. Faraday, Inc.
4. Federal Signal Corp.; Commercial Products Group.
5. Fire Control Instruments, Inc.
6. Fire Lite Alarms, Inc.
7. Gamewell Co. (The).
8. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems.
9. Harrington Signal, Inc; Fire Alarm.
10. Honeywell, Inc.
11. Notifier; Div. of Pittway Corp.
12. Protectowire Co., Inc. (The).
13. Silent Knight.
14. Simplex Time Recorder Co.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
Control of System: By the FACP.
System Supervision: Automatically detect and report open circuits, shorts, and grounds of
wiring for initiating device, signaling line, and notification -appliance circuits.
C. Priority of Signals: Automatic alarm response functions resulting from an alarm signal from
one zone or device are not altered by subsequent alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals. An
alarm signal is the highest priority. Supervisory and trouble signals have second- and third -
level priority. Higher -priority signals take precedence over signals of lower priority, even when
the lower -priority condition occurs first. Annunciate and display all alarm, supervisory, and
trouble signals regardless of priority or order received.
FIRE ALARM 16851 -3
D. Noninterference: A signal on one zone shall not prevent the receipt of signals from other zones.
E. System Reset: All zones are manually resettable from the FACP after initiating devices are
restored to normal.
F. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and
trouble signals to a remote alarm station by means of a digital alarm communicator transmitter
and telephone lines.
G. System Alarm Capability during Circuit Fault Conditions: System wiring and circuit
arrangement prevent alarm capability reduction when an open circuit, ground or wire -to -wire
short occurs, or an open circuit and a ground occur at the same time in an initiating device
circuit, signal line circuit, or notification -appliance circuit.
H. Loss of primary power at the FACP initiates a trouble signal at the FACP. The FACP indicates
when the fire alarm system is operating on the secondary power supply.
I. Loss of primary power at the FACP initiates a trouble signal at the FACP. An emergency
power light is illuminated at the location when the system is operating on the secondary power
supply.
Basic Alarm Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, operation of a manual
station, automatic alarm operation of a smoke or heat detector, device initiates the following:
1. Notification -appliance operation.
2. Identification at the FACP of the device originating the alarm.
3. Transmission of an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station.
4. Release of fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders.
5. Shutdown of fans and other air -handling equipment serving zone when alarm was
initiated.
6. Closing of smoke dampers in air ducts of system serving zone where alarm was initiated.
7. Recording of the event in the system memory.
K. Alarm Silencing, System Reset and Indication: Controlled by switches in the FACP.
1. Silencing -switch operation halts alarm operation of notification appliances and activates
an "alarm silence" light. Display of identity of the alarm zone or device is retained.
2. Subsequent alarm signals from other devices or zones reactivate notification appliances --
until silencing switch is operated again.
3. When alarm -initiating devices return to normal and system reset switch is operated,
notification appliances operate again until alarm silence switch is reset.
L. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the FACP causes the
selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their current status
and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings. Same controls can be used to
program repetitive, scheduled, automated changes in sensitivity of specific detectors.
Sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity -adjustment schedule changes are recorded in system
memory.
M. Removal of an alarm -initiating device or a notification appliance initiates the following:
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 4
1. A "trouble" signal indication at the FACP for the device or zone involved.
2. Transmission of trouble signal to remote alarm receiving station.
N. FACP Alphanumeric Display: Plain -English -language descriptions of alarm, supervisory, and
trouble events; and addresses and locations of alarm -initiating or supervisory devices
originating the report. Display monitoring actions, system and component status, system
commands, programming information, and data from the system's historical memory.
2.3 MANUAL PULL STATIONS
A. Description: Fabricated of metal or plastic, and finished in red with molded, raised -letter
operating instructions of contrasting color
I. Double -action mechanism requires two actions, such as a push and a pull, to initiate an
alarm.
2. Station Reset: Key or wrench operated; double pole, double throw; switch rated for the
voltage and current at which it operates.
3. Weatherproof Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosure, hinged at the
top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. In rooms 119, 120, 121 and 122.
4. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate manual -station status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to the FACP.
2.4 SMOKE DETECTORS
A. General: Include the following features:
1. Operating Voltage: 24-V dc, nominal.
2. Self -Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to
restore them to normal operation.
3. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components are mounted in a
module that connects in a tamper -resistant manner to a fixed base with a twist -locking
plug connection. Terminals in the fixed base accept building wiring.
4. Integral Visual -Indicating Light: LED type. Indicates detector has operated.
5. Sensitivity: Can be tested and adjusted in -place after installation.
6. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm,
or trouble) to the FACP.
7. Remote Controllability: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors are analog -addressable
type, individually monitored at the FACP for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition,
and individually adjustable for sensitivity from the FACP.
B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: Include the following features:
Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon -cell receiver.
Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot (0.008 and 0.011 percent/mm)
smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A.
Integral Thermal Detector: Fixed -temperature type with 135 deg F (57 deg C) setting.
C. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type.
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 5
2.5
2.6
L Sampling Tube: Design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer for the
specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.
2. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor -control circuit.
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A. Description: Equip for mounting as indicated and have screw terminals for system connections.
1. Combination Devices: Factory -integrated audible and visible devices in a single -
mounting assembly.
B. Horns: Electric -vibrating -polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating
mechanism behind a grille. Horns produce a sound -pressure level of 90 dB, measured 10 feet (3
m) from the horn.
C. Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971 with clear or nominal white
polycarbonate lens. Mount lens on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in
minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) high letters on the lens.
1. Rated Light Output: 75 candela.
2. Rated Light Output: 110 candela.
3. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
CENTRAL FACP
A. Cabinet: Lockable steel enclosure. Arrange interior components so operations required for
testing or for normal maintenance of the system are performed from the front of the enclosure.
If more than one unit is required to form a complete control panel, fabricate with matching
modular unit enclosure to accommodate components and to allow ample gutter space for field
wiring and interconnecting panels.
1. Identify each enclosure with an engraved, red, laminated, phenolic -resin nameplate with
lettering not less than 1 inch (25 mm) high. Identify individual components and modules
within cabinets with permanent labels.
2. Mounting: Flush.
B. Alarm and Supervisory Systems: Separate and independent in the FACP. Alarm -initiating zone
boards consist of plug-in cards. Construction requiring removal of field wiring for module
replacement is unacceptable.
C. Control Modules: Include types and capacities required to perform all functions of fire alarm
systems.
D. Indications: Local, visible, and audible signals announce alarm, supervisory, and trouble
conditions. Each type of audible alarm has a different sound.
E. Indicating Lights and System Controls: Individual LED devices identify zones transmitting
signals. Zone lights distinguish between alarm and trouble signals, and indicate the type of
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 6
device originating the signal. Manual switches and push -to -test buttons do not require a key to
operate. Controls include the following:
1. Alarm acknowledge switch.
2. Alarm silence switch.
3. System reset switch.
4. LED test switch.
F. Resetting Controls: Prevent the resetting of alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals while the
alarm or trouble condition still exists.
G. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human operator at
the FACP and addressable system components, including annunciation, supervision, and
control.
1. Display: A minimum of 80 characters; alarm, supervisory, and component status
messages; and indicate control commands to be entered into the system for control of
smoke detector sensitivity and other parameters.
2. Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and control
commands.
H. Instructions: Printed or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic or glass cover in a
stainless -steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and describe appropriate response for
displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional operation of the system under normal,
alarm, and trouble conditions.
2.7 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
A. General: Components include nickel -cadmium battery, charger, and an automatic transfer
switch.
Battery Nominal Life Expectancy: 20 years, minimum.
B. Battery Capacity: Comply with NFPA 72.
Magnetic door holders are not served by emergency power. Magnetic door holders are
released when normal power fails.
C. Battery Charger: Solid-state, fully automatic, variable -charging -rate type. Provide capacity for
150 percent of the connected system load while maintaining batteries at full charge. If batteries
are fully discharged, the charger recharges them completely within four hours. Charger output
is supervised as part of system power supply supervision.
D. Integral Automatic Transfer Switch: Transfers the load to the battery without loss of signals or
status indications when normal power fails.
2.8 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE
A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module listed for use in providing a multiplex system
address for listed fire initiating devices with normally open contacts.
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 7
2.9 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
A. Listed and labeled under UL 864 and NFPA 72.
B. Functional Performance: Unit receives an alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal from the FACP
panel, and automatically captures one or two telephone lines and dials a preset number for a
remote central station. When contact is made with the central station(s), the signal is
transmitted. The unit supervises up to two telephone lines. Where supervising two lines, if
service on either line is interrupted for longer than 45 seconds, the unit initiates a local trouble
signal and transmits a signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving
station over the remaining line. When telephone service is restored, unit automatically reports
that event to the central station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, the local trouble signal
is initiated.
C. Secondary Power: Integral rechargeable battery and automatic charger. Battery capacity is
adequate to comply with NFPA 72 requirements.
D. Self Test: Conducted automatically every 24 hours with report transmitted to central station.
2.10 WIRE
A. Non -Power -Limited Circuits: Solid -copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color -coded
insulation.
1. Low -Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum.
2. Line -Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum.
B. Power -Limited Circuits: NFPA 70, Types FPL, FPLR, or FPLP, as recommended by
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Connect the FACP with a disconnect switch with lockable handle or cover.
B. Manual Pull Stations: Mount semiflush in recessed back boxes.
C. Ceiling -Mounted Smoke Detectors: Not less than 4 inches (100 mm) from a side wall to the
near edge. For exposed solid joist construction, mount detectors on the bottom of joists. On
smooth ceilings, install not more than 30 feet (9 m) apart in any direction.
D. Smoke Detectors near Air Registers: Install no closer than 60 inches (1520 mm).
E. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Verify that each unit is listed for the complete range of air velocity, temperature, and
humidity possible when air -handling system is operating.
2. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of the duct.
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 8
F. Audible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling.
Install horns on flush -mounted back boxes with the device -operating mechanism concealed
behind a grille. Combine audible and visible alarms at the same location into a single unit.
G. Visible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm horn and at least 6 inches (150
mm) below the ceiling.
H. Device Location -Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
I. FACP: Flush mount with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches (1830 mm) above the
finished floor.
3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 16 Section "Raceways
and Boxes." Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated.
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power -limited and non -power -limited conductors as
recommended by the manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides
and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess.
Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with
the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring
diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp -on terminal spade lugs, pressure -type
terminal blocks, or plug connectors.
C. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull and outlet boxes, cabinets, or
equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.
D. Color -Coding: Color -code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power
wiring. Use one color -code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color -code for supervisory
circuits. Color -code audible alarm -indicating circuits differently from alarm -initiating circuits.
Use different colors for visible alarm -indicating devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes
and covers red.
E. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1-inch (25-mm) conduit between the FACP and
the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting wiring as
needed to suit monitoring function.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 16 Section
"Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
B. Install instructions frame in a location visible from the FACP.
C. Paint power -supply disconnect switch red and label "FIRE ALARM."
3.4 GROUNDING
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 9
A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's written instructions to
eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common -
mode returns, noise pickup„ and other impairments.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect
field -assembled components and connections and to supervise pretesting, testing, and
adjustment of the system. Report results in writing.
B. Pretesting: After installation, align, adjust, and balance the system and perform complete
pretesting. Determine, through pretesting, the compliance of the system with requirements of
Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace
malfunctioning or damaged items with new ones, and retest until satisfactory performance and
conditions are achieved. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results.
C. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying the installation is
complete and fully operable, including the names and titles of witnesses to preliminary tests.
D. Final Test Notice: Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice in writing when the system is ready
for final acceptance testing.
E. Minimum System Tests: Test the system according to procedures outlined in NFPA 72.
Minimum required tests are as follows:
I. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground.
2. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation -testing device.
3. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the circuit
resistance with an ohmmeter. Record the circuit resistance of each circuit on record
drawings.
4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's
operation and maintenance manual.
5. Test initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open circuit
conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10 percent of
initiating and indicating devices. Observe proper signal transmission according to class
of wiring used.
6. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at the
control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of combustion.
7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and
maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional performance items at
each station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all
communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices
required to be affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights,
displays, signal tones, and annunciator indications.
8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary power system
is capable of operating the system for the period and in the manner specified.
F. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such
deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets Specifications and complies
with applicable standards.
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 10
G. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test
results in the form of a test log. Submit log on the satisfactory completion of tests.
H. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components at which tests have been satisfactorily
completed.
3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and
marred finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials
recommended by manufacturer.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as
specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and
schedules. Provide a minimum of 4 hours' training.
2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual
as a training aid.
3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
3.8 ON -SITE ASSISTANCE
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on -site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities to suit actual
occupied conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for this purpose.
END OF SECTION 16851
FIRE ALARM 16851 - 11
No Text
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Geology
The proposed area is located within the Colorado Piedmont section of the Great Plains
physiographic province. The Colorado Piedmont, formed during Late Tertiary and Early
quaternary time (approximately 2,000,000 years ago), is a broad, erosional trench which
separates the Southern Rocky Mountains from the High Plains. Structurally, the site lies
along the western flank of the Denver Basin. During the Late Mesozoic and Early Cenozoic
Periods (approximately 70,000,000 years ago), intense tectonic activity occurred, causing
the uplifting of the Front Range and associated downwarping of the Denver Basin to the
east. Relatively flat uplands and broad valleys characterize the present-day topography of
the Colorado Piedmont in this region. Bedrock of the Pierre Shale Formation underlies the
site at depths of 7-1/2 to greater than 14-1/2 feet. Claystone-siltstone bedrock is overlain by
residual, alluvial and colluvial sands and clays of Pleistocene and/or Recent Age.
Mapping completed by the Colorado Geological Survey ('Hart, 1972), indicates the site in an
area of "Moderate Swell Potential". Potentially expansive materials mapped in this area
include bedrock, weathered bedrock and colluvium (surficial units).
Soil Conditions
The subsurface soils at the site consisted of an approximate 6-inch layer of silty topsoil
underlain by layers of lean clay, lean clay with sand and sandy lean clay. Silty sand, and
silty sand with gravel layers were encountered beneath the upper clay soils and extended to
the depths explored and/or the bedrock below. Claystone/siltstone bedrock was
encountered in Test Boring Nos. 1 through 4 at approximate depths of 7-1/2 to 14-1/2 feet
below existing site grades and extended to the depths explored.
Field and Laboratory Test Results
Field and laboratory test results indicate the clays are medium stiff to stiff in consistency,
exhibits low to moderate swell potential, and low to moderate load bearing characteristics.
The sands are medium dense to dense in relative density, are non -expansive and exhibit
moderate bearing characteristics. The upper 2 to 3 feet of the bedrock is weathered,
however the underlying claystone/siltstone bedrock is hard, exhibits moderate swell potential
and moderate to high bearing capabilities.
'Hart, Stephen S., 1972, Potentially Swelling Soil and Rock in the Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, Colorado
Geological Survey, Environmental Geology No. 7.
4
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Groundwater Conditions
Groundwater was encountered at relatively shallow depths of 4 to 8-1/2 feet below existing
site grades in all 8 test borings. These observations represent groundwater conditions at the
time of the field exploration, and may not be indicative of other times, or at other locations.
Groundwater levels can be expected to fluctuate with varying seasonal and weather
conditions.
Based upon review of U.S. Geological Survey maps (2Hillier, et al, 1983), regional
groundwater is expected to be encountered in unconsolidated alluvial deposits on the site, at
depths of 5 to 20 feet below the natural ground surface.
ENGINEERING ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Geotechnical Considerations
The site appears suitable for the proposed construction based on a geotechnical
engineering viewpoint. The following foundation system was evaluated for use on the site:
spread footings bearing on undisturbed natural soils and/or structural fill
Slab -on -grade construction is considered acceptable for use, provided that design and
construction recommendations are followed.
Foundation Systems
Due to the presence of low swelling soils on the site, spread footing foundations bearing
upon undisturbed native soils, and/or engineered fill are recommended for support for the
proposed structures. The footings may be designed for a maximum bearing pressure of
2000 psf. In addition, the footings should be sized to maintain a minimum dead load
pressure of 500 psf. The design bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus design live
load conditions. The design bearing pressure may be increased by one-third when
considering total loads that include wind or seismic conditions.
Exterior footings should be placed a minimum of 30 inches below finished grade for frost
protection and to provide confinement for the bearing soils. Finished grade is the lowest
adjacent grade for perimeter footings.
Footings should be proportioned to reduce differential foundation movement. Proportioning
on the basis of equal total movement is recommended; however, proportioning to relative
2 Hillier, Donald E.; Schneider, Paul A., Jr.; and Hutchinson, E. Carter, 1983, Depth to Water Table (1979) in the Boulder -
Fort Collins -Greeley Area, Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, United States Geological Survey, Map 1-855-I.
5
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
constant dead -load pressure will also reduce differential movement between adjacent
footings. Total movement resulting from the assumed structural loads is estimated to be on
the order of 3/4 inch or less. Differential movement should be on the order of 1/2 to 3/4 of
the estimated total settlement. Additional foundation movements could occur if water from
any source infiltrates the foundation soils; therefore, proper drainage should be provided in
the final design and during construction.
Footing foundations and masonry walls should be reinforced as necessary to reduce the
potential for distress caused by differential foundation movement. The use of joints at
openings or other discontinuities in masonry walls is recommended.
Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer. If the soil
conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental
recommendations will be required.
Lateral Earth Pressures
For soils above any free water surface, recommended equivalent fluid pressures for
unrestrained foundation elements are:
• Active:
Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay)........................................45 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site or imported sand) ............. 35 psf/ft
• Passive:
Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay) ...................................... 250 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site or imported sand) ........... 325 psf/ft
• Adhesion at Base of Footings.................................................500 psf
Where the design includes restrained elements, the following equivalent fluid pressures are
recommended:
• At rest:
Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay)........................................60 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (on -site or imported sand) ............. 50 psf/ft
The lateral earth pressures herein do not include any factor of safety and are not applicable
for submerged soils/hydrostatic loading. Additional recommendations may be necessary if
submerged conditions are to be included in the design.
C.
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Fill against grade beams and retaining walls should be compacted to densities specified in
Earthwork. Compaction of each lift adjacent to walls should be accomplished with hand -
operated tampers or other lightweight compactors. Overcompaction may cause excessive
lateral earth pressures, which could result in wall movement.
Seismic Considerations
The project site is located in Seismic Risk Zone I of the Seismic Zone Map of the United
States as indicated by the 1997 Uniform Building Code. Based upon the nature of the
subsurface materials, a soil profile type Sc should be used for the design of structures for the
proposed project (1997 Uniform Building Code, Table No. 16-J).
Floor Slab Design and Construction
Some differential movement of a slab -on -grade floor system is possible should the subgrade
soils become elevated in moisture content. To reduce potential slab movements, the
subgrade soils should be prepared as outlined in the earthwork section of this report.
For structural design of concrete slabs -on -grade, a modulus of subgrade reaction of 100
pounds per cubic inch (pci) may be used for floors supported on existing or engineered fill
consisting of on -site soils. A modulus of 200 pci may be used for floors supported on at
least 2 feet of non -expansive structural fill meeting the specifications outlined below.
Additional floor slab design and construction recommendations are as follows:
• Positive separations and/or isolation joints should be provided between slabs
and all foundations, columns or utility lines to allow independent movement.
• Control joints should be provided in slabs to control the location and extent of
cracking.
• Interior trench backfill placed beneath slabs should be compacted in
accordance with recommended specifications outlined below.
• In areas subjected to normal loading, a minimum 4-inch layer of sand, clean -
graded gravel or aggregate base course should be placed beneath interior
slabs. For heavy loading, reevaluation of slab and/or base course thickness
may be required.
F
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
• If moisture sensitive floor coverings are used on interior slabs, consideration
should be given to the use of barriers to minimize potential vapor rise through
the slab.
• Floor slabs should not be constructed on frozen subgrade.
• Other design and construction considerations, as outlined in the ACI Design
Manual, Section 302.1 R are recommended.
Pavement Design and Construction
Design of pavements for the project have been based on the procedures outlined in the
1993 Guideline for Design of Pavement Structures by the American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). Areas within proposed pavements on the
site will be divided into categories based upon anticipated traffic and usage.
Traffic criteria for pavement thickness design for the on -site improvements, including the
projected 20-year average daily traffic or volume, and approximate percentage of trucks was
estimated by Terracon. From these estimated or assumed values, Terracon computed the
18-kip equivalent single axle load (ESAL) at 36,500 for automobile parking areas and 73,000
for heavy volume or truck access/drive areas.
For the extension of Rolland Moore Drive, the City of Fort Collins provided the equivalent
daily axle loads (EDLAs) for the new alignment. Using a correlated design R-Value of 8,
appropriate ESAL/day, environmental criteria and other factors, the structural number (SN)
for the pavement sections were determined on the basis of the 1993 AASHTO design
equation and the following information.
^ 8fet I3�mefStreet Ty
1j3 k[p
Ter[ntt�aif
3tn[ctcral
EQt.A
iEBAL
Itiabil
Seru[�
abil'
No<
Rolland Moore Drive — Minor Collector
75
547,500
75
2.5
3.20
Local drainage characteristics of proposed pavement areas are considered to vary from fair
to good depending upon location on the site. For purposes of this design analysis, fair
drainage characteristics are considered to control the design. These characteristics,
coupled with the approximate duration of saturated subgrade conditions, results in a design
drainage coefficient of 1.0 when applying the AASHTO criteria for design.
For flexible pavement design, a terminal serviceability index of 2.0 was utilized along with
inherent reliability of 75% and a design life of 20 years. Using a correlated design R-value
D. Maintenance Manual: Submit four copies of a bound maintenance manual
that includes all manufacturer's data listed above and recommended
operating procedures and preventive maintenance procedures. Include
guide for troubleshooting operational problems with the pump station and
complete documentation for programming, recommended settings and
adjustments.
E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of proposed pump system. Show
products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and
critical dimensions. Submit technical data sheets, electrical schematics,
sequence of operation, UL listing authorization form. Note modifications
to the installation drawings.
The construction documents show a typical layout, elevation view, and
critical dimensions for the pump system, building, wet well, etc. Pump
system manufacturer is responsible for layout and design of the pump
system supplied, and any special coordination issues that affect the
critical dimensions, layout, or orientation of the pump system.
1.04 RULES AND REGULATIONS:
A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
National Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the
Western Plumbing Officials Association, and applicable laws and
regulations of the governing authorities.
B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better
quality or larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and
regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract
documents.
C. All electrical control panels with controls shall be built in accordance to
N.E.C., U.L. and E.T.L. standards. The electrical components and
enclosure shall be labeled as a complete U.L. listed assembly with
manufacturer's U.L. label applied to the door. All equipment and wiring
shall be mounted within the enclosure and labeled for proper
identification.
1.05 RELATED WORK:
A. Division 2-SITE WORK:
Section 02810 - Irrigation System.
2. Section 02840 - Pump System Intake.
3. Section 16000 - Electrical.
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
of 8, appropriate ESAIJday, environmental criteria and other factors, the structural numbers
(SN) of the pavement sections were determined on the basis of the 1993 AASHTO design
equation.
In addition to the flexible pavement design analyses, a rigid pavement design analysis was
completed, based upon AASHTO design procedures. Rigid pavement design is based on
an evaluation of the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction of the soils (K-value); the Modulus of
Rupture of the concrete, and other factors previously outlined. The design K-value of 100
for the subgrade soils was determined by correlation to the laboratory tests results. A
modulus of rupture of 600 psi (working stress 450 psi) was used for pavement concrete.
The rigid pavement thicknesses for each traffic category were determined on the basis of
the AASHTO design equation.
Recommended alternatives for flexible and rigid pavements, summarized for each traffic
area, are as follows:
Recommended
Pavement Thickness {Inches} .;
Asphalt
Aggregate
Plant Mixed
Portland
Total
Traffic Aiea
Alternative „
. _ Gangfeie
Base
8tfurrtinous
Cement
Surface
Course
Base
Concrete
Automobile
A
3.0
7.0
10.0
Parking
B
2.5
3.0
5.5
Areas
C
5.0
5.0
Truck
A
3.5
8.0
12.0
Access/Drive
g
2.5
3.5
6.0
Areas
C
6.0
6.0
A
5.0
10.0
15.0
Rolland Moore
Drive
.B
4.0
4.5
6.0
C
6.0
6.0
"The City of Fort Collins — Engineering Department must approve and provide written
authorization for the use of full -depth asphalt as a pavement thickness alternative.
Each alternative should be investigated with respect to current material availability and
economic conditions. Rigid concrete pavement, a minimum of 6 inches in thickness, is
recommended at the locations of dumpsters where trash trucks park and load.
Aggregate base course (if used on the site) should consist of a blend of sand and gravel,
which meets strict specifications for quality and gradation. Use of materials meeting
X,
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Colorado Department of Transportation (COOT) Class 5 or 6 specifications is recommended
for base course.
Aggregate base course should be placed in lifts not exceeding six inches and should be
compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698).
Asphalt concrete and/or plant -mixed bituminous base course should be composed of a
mixture of aggregate, filler and additives, if required, and approved bituminous material. The
bituminous base and/or asphalt concrete should conform to approved mix designs stating
the Hveem properties, optimum asphalt content, job mix formula and recommended mixing
and placing temperatures. Aggregate used in plant -mixed bituminous base course and/or
asphalt concrete should meet particular gradations. Material meeting Colorado Department
of Transportation Grading C or CX specification is recommended for asphalt concrete.
Aggregate meeting Colorado Department of Transportation Grading G or C specifications is
recommended for plant -mixed bituminous base course. Mix designs should be submitted
prior to construction to verify their adequacy. Asphalt material should be placed in maximum
3-inch lifts and should be compacted to a minimum of 95% Hveem density (ASTM D1560)
(ASTM D1561).
Where rigid pavements are used, the concrete should be obtained from an approved mix
design with the following minimum properties:
• Modulus of Rupture @ 28 days...................................................600 psi minimum
• Strength Requirements.........................................................................ASTM C94
• Minimum Cement Content........................................................... 6.5 sacks/cu. yd.
• Cement Type..................................................................................Type I Portland
• Entrained Air Content.................................................................................6 to 8%
• Concrete Aggregate........................................ASTM C33 and CDOT Section 703
Aggregate Size.............................................................................1 inch maximum
• Maximum Water Content.........................................................0.49 lb/lb of cement
• Maximum Allowable Slump........................................................................4 inches
Concrete should be deposited by truck mixers or agitators and placed a maximum of 90
minutes from the time the water is added to the mix. Other specifications outlined by the
Colorado Department of Transportation should be followed.
10
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Longitudinal and transverse joints should be provided as needed in concrete pavements for
expansion/contraction and isolation. The location and extent of joints should be based upon
the final pavement geometry and should be placed (in feet) at roughly twice the slab
thickness (in inches) on center in either direction. Sawed joints should be cut within 24-
hours of concrete placement, and should be a minimum of 25% of slab thickness plus 1/4
inch. All joints should be sealed to prevent entry of foreign material and dowelled where
necessary for load transfer.
Preventative maintenance should be planned and provided for through an on -going
pavement management program in order to enhance future pavement performance.
Preventative maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration,
and to preserve the pavement investment.
Preventative maintenance consists of both localized maintenance (e.g. crack sealing and
patching) and global maintenance (e.g. surface sealing). Preventative maintenance is
usually the first priority when implementing a planned pavement maintenance program and
provides the highest return on investment for pavements.
Recommended preventative maintenance policies for asphalt and jointed concrete
pavements, based upon type and severity of distress, are provided in Appendix D. Prior to
implementing any maintenance, additional engineering observation is recommended to
determine the type and extent of preventative maintenance.
Earthwork
• General Considerations
The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation, subgrade
preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project.
All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon. The
evaluation of earthwork should include observation and testing of engineered fill,
subgrade preparation, foundation bearing soils, and other geotechnical conditions
exposed during the construction of the project.
• Site Preparation
Strip and remove existing fill which may be encountered during construction, debris,
and other deleterious materials from proposed building and pavement areas. All
exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions that could prevent
uniform compaction.
11
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
The site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill,
and to provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed building
structures and pavements.
All exposed areas which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where
necessary, should be scarified to a minimum depth of eight inches, conditioned to
near optimum moisture content, and compacted.
It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction can be accomplished
with conventional earthmoving equipment.
Depending upon depth of excavation and seasonal conditions, groundwater will be
encountered in excavations on the site. Pumping from sumps may be utilized to
control water within excavations. Well points may be required for significant
groundwater flow, or where excavations penetrate groundwater to a significant depth.
a Subgrade Preparation
Subgrade soils beneath interior and exterior slabs, and beneath pavements should
be scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted to a minimum depth of 8 inches.
The moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils should be maintained until
slab or pavement construction.
Fill Materials and Placement
Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material and
are suitable for use as compacted fill beneath interior or exterior floor slabs.
Imported soils (if required) should conform to the following:
Gradation
Percent finer by weight
(ASTM C136)
611 ......................................................................................................... 100
3"....................................................................................................70-100
No. 4 Sieve.....................................................................................50-100
No. 200 Sieve..............................................................................50 (max)
• Liquid Limit....................................................................... 30 (max)
• Plasticity Index.................................................................15 (max)
12
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment
and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities
throughout the lift. Recommended compaction criteria for engineered fill materials are
as follows:
Material
Minimum Percent
(ASTM D698)
Scarified subgrade soils.........................................................................95
On -site and imported fill soils:
Beneath foundations.................................................................. 95
Beneathslabs............................................................................95
Beneath pavements...................................................................95
Aggregate base (beneath slabs)............................................................95
Miscellaneous backfill (non-structural areas).........................................90
On -site clay for backfill or grading purposes should be compacted within a moisture
content range of 2 percent below, to 2 percent above optimum. Imported or on -site
granular soils should be compacted within a moisture range of 3 percent below to 3
percent above optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer.
• Excavation and Trench Construction
Excavations into the on -site soils may encounter caving soils and groundwater,
depending upon the final depth of excavation. The individual contractor(s) should be
made responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations as
required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. All
excavations should be sloped or shored in the interest of safety following local, and
federal regulations, including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards.
The soils to be penetrated by the proposed excavations may vary significantly across
the site. The preliminary soil classifications are based solely on the materials
encountered in widely spaced exploratory test borings. The contractor should verify
that similar conditions exist throughout the proposed area of excavation. If different
subsurface conditions are encountered at the time of construction, the actual
conditions should be evaluated to determine any excavation modifications necessary
to maintain safe conditions.
13
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
As a safety measure, it is recommended that all vehicles and soil piles be kept to a
minimum lateral distance from the crest of the slope equal to no less than the slope
height. The exposed slope face should be protected against the elements.
Additional Design and Construction Considerations
i Exterior Slab Design and Construction
Exterior slabs -on -grade, exterior architectural features and utilities founded on or in
backfill may experience some movement due to the volume change of the backfill.
Potential movement could be reduced by:
• minimizing moisture increases in the backfill
• controlling moisture -density during placement of backfill
• using designs which allow vertical movement between the exterior features
and adjoining structural elements
• placing effective control joints on relatively close centers
Underground Utility Systems
All piping should be adequately bedded for proper load distribution. It is suggested
that clean, graded gravel compacted to 75 percent of Relative Density ASTM D4253
be used as bedding. Where utilities are excavated below groundwater, temporary
dewatering will be required during excavation, pipe placement and backfilling
operations for proper construction. Utility trenches should be excavated on safe and
stable slopes in accordance with OSHA regulations as discussed above. Backfill
should consist of the on -site soils or imported material approved by the geotechnical
engineer. The pipe backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of
Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698.
• Corrosion Protection
Results of soluble sulfate testing indicate that ASTM Type I Portland cement is
suitable for all concrete on and below grade. However, if there is no, or minimal cost
differential, use of ASTM Type II Portland cement is recommended for additional
sulfate resistance of construction concrete. Foundation concrete should be designed
in accordance with the provisions of the ACI Design Manual, Section 318, Chapter 4.
14
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
Surface Drainage
Positive drainage should be provided during construction and maintained throughout
the life of the proposed project. In areas where sidewalks or paving do not
immediately adjoin the structure, we recommend that protective slopes be provided
with a minimum grade of approximately 5 percent for at least 10 feet from perimeter
walls. Backfill against footings, exterior walls, and in utility and sprinkler line trenches
should be well compacted and free of all construction debris to reduce the possibility
of moisture infiltration.
Downspouts, roof drains or scuppers should discharge into splash blocks or
extensions when the ground surface beneath such features is not protected by
exterior slabs or paving. Sprinkler systems should not be installed within 5 feet of
foundation walls. Landscaped irrigation adjacent to the foundation system should be
minimized or eliminated.
GENERAL COMMENTS
Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments
can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical
recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to
provide testing and observation during excavation, grading, foundation and construction
phases of the project.
The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data
obtained from the borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information
discussed in this report. This report does not reflect variations, which may occur between
borings or across the site. The nature and extent of such variations may not become
evident until construction. If variations appear, it will be necessary to reevaluate the
recommendations of this report.
The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication
any environmental assessment of the site or identification of contaminated or hazardous
materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such
contamination, other studies should be undertaken.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to
the project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
geotechnical engineering practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended
or made. In the event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as
outlined in this report, are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this
15
Geotechnical Engineering Exploration
City of Fort Collins — Horticultural Center
Terracon Project No. 20005136
report shall not be considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes, and either verifies
or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing.
16
LOG OF BORING NO. 1 Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
ARCHITECT / ENGINEER
City of Fort Collins
SITE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Horticulture Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
er
E
O
Z
(L
?-
I—
w
U
W
C:
ZLL
HO
4_ J
O m
=
H
O
E
F—
H
w
OW
C: U
0 a-
0
W
ii CD
UXLL
Z F- (n
C_
U'�-
O
J
H
Q
0:
LD
DESCRIPTION
f—
C-
W
0
O
co
U
U
^ ^ ^
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
LEAN CLAY with SAND
F7
CL
1
SS
12"
18
6
2.5 Dark brown, dry to moist, very
stiff
SANDY LEAN CLAY
CL
2
ST
12"
17
101
4500
Tan, brown, moist, medium stiff
3
SS
12"
6
23
5
7.0
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL
Tan, red, gray, moist to wet, loose
SM
4
SS
12"
7
20
10
13.5
15
15.0 WEATHERED
CLAYSTONE/SILTSTONE
5
SS
12"
17
23
Gray, olive, moist, moderately hard
BOTTOM OF BORING
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
Irerracon
BORING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
3 8,5' WD
=
BORING COMPLETED 7-25-00
WL
RIG CME-55
FOREMAN DL
WL
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB a 20005136
LOG OF BORING NO. 2
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
ARCHITECT / ENGINEER
City of Fort Collins
SITE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Horticulture Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
J
LLL
E
>-
H
W
(Hn
Z2
JHO
H
DESCRIPTION
z
M
z
ss
=
2
W
w
D.
LL
i (n
H
0
H�
z z
❑ H
CL
Q
F-
O_
N
U
co
E
W
O_
O
U
3
HO
O
H
>-LL
O W
UMLL
=) fn i
C.3Q—
O:
U'
W
fn
O
>_
W
D- J
O
M U
z h to
H J
O
O
Z
F-
0:
O c0
E
❑ IL
O O a.
J O_
" ^ "
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
CL
1
SS
12"
17
10
LEAN CLAY
Dark brown, moist, very stiff
4.0
37/15/92
CL
2
ST
12"
22
101
1480
SANDY LEAN CLAY
3
SS
12"
5
21
5
Tan, brown, moist to wet, medium
stiff
7.0
I
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL.
Brown, red, tan, gray, wet, loose
SM
4
SS
12"
7
12
10
14.5
15
I
5
SS
12"
17
19
HERED
NDSTONE/SILTSTONE
7Gray,
green, moist, moderately
d
BOTTOM OF BORING
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
I I
BORING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
Q 4' WD
-
1
-11rerracon
BORING COMPLETED 7-25-00
WI
RIG CME-55
FOREMAN DL
WL
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB k 20005136
1.06 TESTING:
A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days (72 hours) in advance of
testing.
B. On completion of assembly of the pumping station, all discharge pipe and
valves shall be hydrostatically tested at 150% of the maximum pump
shutoff head.
C. Bump manual motor starter controls to prove correct rotation and secure
local inspection/approval.
D. Test, verify, and demonstrate to the Owner's Representative the proper
operation of all control and safety shut off devices.
E. Verify flow and discharge pressure from the pump system and
demonstrate to the Owner's Representative system performance based
on the specified values.
F. All costs, including travel expenses and site visits by the Owner's
Representative, for any re -inspection that may be required due to non-
compliance with the Construction Documents shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor.
G. Coordinate availability of water with ditch company and the Owner.
1.07 REVIEWS:
The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owner's Representative is to observe the
Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents and to address
questions with regards to the pump installation.
A. Scheduled reviews such as those for testing should be scheduled with the
Owner's Representative as required by these specifications.
B. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project.
C. Final review will occur at the completion of the pumping system
installation and Record Drawings.
1.08 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT:
The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives
materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful
manner.
A. The manufacturer shall warrant the pumping system to be free of defects
and product malfunctions for a period of one year from date of start up or
eighteen months after shipment, whichever occurs first.
B. The programmable controller shall be unconditionally warranted for 5
years from the date of shipment. The pumping system manufacturer shall
LOG OF BORING NO. 3
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
ARCHITECT / ENGINEER
City of Fort Collins
SITE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Horticulture Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
O
O
I—
❑
U
DESCRIPTION
}
�
zLLLL
z
H
H
=
O
W
(0
H
2
=
i
0
Zz
z
CL
f-
O
CO
W
O
3
O
O W
<C F-
a.
U
E
0_
U
F- O
H
>-LL
U X LL
a. O U-
Q:
W
O
❑
>-
W
a. J
O
x U
Z F_ (n
X W (A
CD
❑
:D
Z
F-
0=
(A m
E
O a.
=) (n a.
W I- CL
^ ^ ^
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
LEAN CLAY with SAND
CL
1
SS
12"
23
10
Dark brown, dry to moist, very
Stiff to stiff
2
ST
12"
15
108
5405
4.0
395
SC
3
SS
12"
2
28
SILTY CLAYEY SAND
5
Brown, red, moist, loose
9.0
10
4
SS
12"
7
19
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL
Brown, tan, red, gray, wet, loose
13.0
15
WEATHERED
15.0 CLAYSTONE/SIL.TSONE
Gray, rust, tan, moist, hard
5
SS
12"
18
21
BOTTOM OF BORING
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
Irerracon
BORING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
Q 4' WD
t
BORING COMPLETED 7-25-00
WL
RIG CME-55
FOREMAN DL
�'L
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB # 20005136
LOG OF BORING NO. 4 Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
City of Fort Collins
ARCHITECT / ENGINEER
SITE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
Fort Collins, Colorado
PROJECT
Horticulture Center
o
U
H
2
0-
Q
0_
LD
DESCRIPTION
LL
2
H
0-
W
O
o
_
>>En
to
U
(n
O
SAMPLES
TESTS
0:
W
m
E
>
Z
W
0-
>-
F-
W
LU
>
O
U
W
W_
Z LL
i (n
3
h-O
0-J
N m
Ld
0:
=
F-
(n
H
O
Z:
En
Z
W
0
>-LL
=U
❑ 0-
o
z
H�
LL CD
Z Z
O W
UWLL
ZHN
O (n 0-
mom
J H#
o.
H
O (n i
OQ,�
HJ
J (L
^ ^ ^
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
LEAN CLAY with SAND
Dark brown, moist, medium stiff
SZ
4.5
5
10
IS
20
26/10/45
CL
1
SS
12"
8
10
SC
2
ST
12"
22
108
SM
3
SS
12"
4
13
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL
Brown, red, gray, wet, loose
7.5
WEATHERED
SILTSTONE/CLAYSTONE
Gray, olive, rust, tan, moist, hard
18.5
4
SS
12"
5
26
5
SS
12"
23
22
_=
CLAYSTONE/SILTSTONE
Gray, olive, rust, tan, moist, very
hard
24.8
6
SS
12"
48
21
7
SS
10"
0/0.8'
19
BOTTOM OF BORING
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
Irerracon
I I
BORING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
Q 4' WD
=
BORING COMPLETED 7-25-00
WL
RIG CME-55
FOREMAN DL
WL
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB a 20005136
LOG OF BORING NO. 5
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
ARCHITECT / ENGINEER
City of Fort Collins
SITE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Horticulture Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
\
�-
0
J
O
0
H
0
J
1-
00LL
H
W
U
DESCRIPTION
}
�
ZL.L
z
H
H
(n
0:
W
\
O
W
IL CD
2
2
W
=
i(n
F-
0
ZZ
OU
O
O
O_
U
E
CU
L
H
H
>- LL
0= LL
Q:
W
N
O
>-
W
(L J
O
M U
Z F- (n
LD
O
O
Z
F-
M
(n CO
2
Ca-
0 (n CL
^ ^
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
LEAN CLAY with SAND
CL
1
SS
12
30
8
2.5 Dark brown, dry to moist, very
stiff
4.0 SILTY SAND
Brown, moist, medium dense
SM
2
ST
NR
CL
3
SS
12
3
28
SANDY LEAN CLAY
5
Dark brown, moist, soft
8.0
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL
SM
4
SS
12"
4
20
Tan, brown, red, gray, moist, loose
to medium dense
10
15.0
15
5
SS
12"
29
16
BOTTOM OF BORING
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
rerracon
I I
BORING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
Q 6.5' WD
t
BORING COMPLETED 7-25-00
WL
RIG CME-55
FOREMAN DL
W
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB a 20005136
LOG OF BORING NO. 6
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
ARCHITECT I ENGINEER
City of Fort Collins
SrFE Rolland Moore Drive and Centre Avenue
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Horticulture Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
(D
O
O
F-
O
ZOO
W
W.
JHU
H
DESCRIPTION
>_
O:
ZLi-
0:
Z
HF=--
U)
W
W
LL LD
o
2
2
W
=
i (n
F-
O
Z Z
H F-
d
H
U)
m
W
O
3
U)
O W
m cn i
CL
U
E
(L
U
F- O
H
>- LL
U= LL
O Q
O:
W
U)
>
>-
W
O_ J
O
Cr U
Z F- (n
H J
LD
O
O
Z
H
D:
U) co
1:
O CL
2 U) O_
_10_
A ^ ^
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
7,77
CL
1
SS
12"
4
CLAYEY SAND
2.0
2
SS
12"
6
19
Dark brown, moist
�
-�
AMPLE
LEAN CLAY with SAND -
0'-4'
Brown, tan, moist, medium stiff
31/12/46
5.0
-CL
5
AASHTO
A-6
3
SS
12"
5
24
BOTTOM OF BORING
I
THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES
BETWEEN SOIL AND ROCK TYPES: IN -SITU, THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS
Irerracon
RING STARTED 7-25-00
WL
Q 2.5' WD
=_
RING COMPLETED 7-25-00
FRIG
WL
CME-55
FOREMAN DL
L
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB a 20005136
S
w
E
L
L
C
O
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
I
APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF
Boring and depth (ft.) Classification DD MC
%
01 1 3.0 LEAN CLAY with SAND CL 110 12
I PROJECT Horticulture Center - Rolland Moore Drive JOB NO. 20005136
DATE 8/7/00
CONSOLIDATION TEST
TERRACON
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
V
O
1
D
R 0.4
A
T
I
O
0.
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
4
44
6
2
0
8
6
I
2
0
i
I
8
I
10
APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF
Boring and depth (ft.) Classification DD MC9c
1 3.0 LEAN CLAY with SAND CL 110 12
PROJECT Horticulture Center - Rolland Moore Drive JOB NO, 20005136
DATE 8/7/00
CONSOLIDATION TEST
TERRACON
w
0.s
0.45
v
O
I
D
R
A
T
I 0.40
O
0.35
0.30
0.25
0
�L
lo
APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF
Boring and depth (ft.) Classification DD MC9�
f 3 3.0 SILTY CLAYEY SAND SC 108 15
I PROJECT Horticulture Center - Rolland Moore DriveJOB NO. 20005136
DATE 8/7/00
CONSOLIDATION TEST
TERRACON
S
W
E
L
L
C
O
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
Mi
I
11
4
2
4
6
8
2
' 1 1 10
APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF
Boring and depth (ft.) Classification DD MC
7
• 3 3.0 SILTY CLAYEY SAND SC 108 15
I PROJECT Horticulture Center - Rolland Moore Drive JOB NO. 20005136
DATE 8/7/00
CONSOLIDATION TEST
TERRACON
U.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER
100
90
80
P
E
R 70
C
E
N
T 60
F
I
N
E 50
R
B
Y 40
W
E
I
G 30
H
T
20
10
-' I U•I U.U1 0.001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
COBBLES
GRAVEL 77
SAND
SILT OR CLAY
coarse fine
Icoarse I medium 1 fine
imen Identification
Classification
� MC %
LL
PL
PI
Cc
Cu
2 3.0
LEAN CLAY CL
22
37
22
15
4 3.0
CLAYEY SAND SC
22
26
16
10
6 1.0
CLAYEY SAND SC
31
19
12
imen Identification
D100
D60
D30
D10 %Gravel
%Sand
%Silt
%Cla
2 3.0
4.75
0.0
8.0
92.0
4 3.0
4.75
0.23
0.0
55.0
45.0
6 1.0
4.75
0.22
0.0
54.0
46.0
PROJECT Horticulture Center - Rolland Moore Drive JOB NO. 20005136
DATE 8/16/00
GRADATION CURVES
TERRACON
TEST SPECIMEN NO.
1
2
3
COMPACTION PRESSURE (PSI)
350
350
350
DENSITY (PCF)
113.0
114.9
116.7
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)
16.7
15.3
14.1
EXPANSION PRESSURE
0.00
0.00
0.09
HORIZONTAL PRESSURE @ 160 PSI
149
142
121
SAMPLE HEIGHT (INCHES)
2.55
2.50
2.38
EXUDATION PRESSURE (PSI)
179.0
274.5
493.2
CORRECTED R-VALUE
4.4
7.2
16.4
UNCORRECTED R-VALUE
4.4
7.2
17.3
R-VALUE @ 300 PSI EXUDATION PRESSURE _
100
90
80
70
w 60
a 50
40
30
20
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
EXUDATION PRESSURE - PSI
be responsible for all warranties, pass through warranties are not
acceptable.
C. Failures caused by lightning strikes, power surges, vandalism, flooding,
operator abuse, or acts of God are excluded from warranty coverage.
D. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs
within seven days of notification from the Owner's Representative.
E. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work.
Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price.
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01 QUALITY:
Materials used in the system shall be new and without flaws or defects of any
type, and shall be the best of their class and kind.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Make complete submittals of all manufacturer's data showing compliance
with the Contract Documents.
B. In making a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents that he:
Has investigated the proposed substitution and found that it is the
same or better quality, level, capacity, function, or appearance
than the specified product, and can demonstrate that to the
Owner's Representative.
2. Will coordinate the installation and make all modifications to the
work, which are required for the complete installation and
operation of the system.
C. The Owner's Representative will determine acceptability of the proposed
substitution and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection.
D. Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes,
and may be increased at the option of the Contractor.
2.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. The prefabricated pumping station shall have a capacity as shown on the
drawings and a station discharge pressure downstream of all pump
system components as shown on the drawings, using one main pump.
Provide a 3 HP, 50 GPM submersible pump as a pressure maintenance
pump. The station shall be completely piped, wired, hydraulically and
electrically tested on a structural steel skid before shipment to the job site.
DRILLING AND EXPLORATION
DRILLING & SAMPLING SYMBOLS:
R : Ring Barrel) - 2.42" I.D., 3" O.D., unless otherwise noted
SS :
Split Spoon - 1_" I.D., 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted
PS Piston Sample
ST :
Thin -Walled Tube - 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted
WS : Wash Sample
PA
: Power Auger
FT : Fish Tail Bit
HA
: Hand Auger
RB : Rock Bit
DB
: Diamond Bit = 4", N, B
BS : Bulk Sample
AS
: Auger Sample
PM : Pressure Meter
HS
: Hollow Stem Auger
DC : Dutch Cone
WB : Wash Bore
Penetration Test: Blows per foot of a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches on a 2-inch O.D. split spoon, except where
noted.
WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS:
WL Water Level WS : While Sampling
WCI : Wet Cave in WD :While Drilling
DCI : Dry Cave in BCR : Before Casing Removal
AB : After Boring ACR : After Casting Removal
Water levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the borings at the time indicated. In pervious soils,
the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater. In low permeability soils, the accurate determination of
groundwater levels is not possible with only short term observations.
DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION:
Soil Classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification system and the ASTM Designations D-2z-' 87 and D-2488.
Coarse Grained Soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a .T200 sieve; they are described as: 'boulders,
cobbles, gravel or sand. Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are
described as: clays, if they are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non -plastic. Major constituents may be
added as modifiers and minor constituents may be added according to the relative proportions based on grain size. In
addition to gradation, coarse grained soils are defined on the basis of their relative in -place density and fine grained soils
on the basis of their consistency. Example: Lean clay with sand, trace gravel, stiff ICL); silty sand, trace gravel, medium
dense (SM).
CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS:
Unconfined Compressive
Strength, Qu, psf
Consistency
< 500
Very Soft
500 - 1,000
Soft
1,001 - 2,000
Medium
2,001 - 4,000
Stiff
4,001 - 8,000
Very Stiff
8,001-16,000
Very Hard
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF
SAND AND GRAVEL
Descriptive Term(s)
(of Components Also
Percent of
Present in Sample)
Dry Weight
Trace
< 15
With
15 - 29
Modifier
> 30
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES
Descriptive Term(s)
(of Components Also
Percent of
Present in Sample)
Dry Weight
Trace
< 5
With
5 - 12
Modifier
> 12
RELATIVE DENSITY OF
COARSE -GRAINED SOILS:
N-Blows/ft. Relative Density
0-3 Very Locse
4-9 Loose
10-29 Medium Dense
30-49 Dense
50-80 Very Dense
80 _ Extremely Dense
GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY
Major Component
of Sample
Size Range
Boulders
Over 12 in. (300mm)
Cobbles
12 in. to 3 in.
(300mm to 75mm)
Gravel
3 in. to =4 sieve
(75mm to 4.75mm)
Sand
#4 to �`200 sieve
(4.75mmto 0.075mm)
Silt or Clay
Passing ..;'200 Sieve
(0.075mm)
lrerracon
LABORATORY TESTS
SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE
TEST I
SIGNIFICANCE
PURPOSE
California
Bearing
Ratio
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement
Thickness
Design
Consolidation
Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of
both differential and total settlement of a structure.
Foundation
Design
Direct
Shear
Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength of
soil or rock.
Bearing Capacity,
Foundation Design &
Slope Stability
Dry
Density
Used to determine the in -place density of natural, inorganic,
fine-grained soils.
Index Property
Soil Behavior
Expansion
Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained soil
and to provide a basis for swell potential classification.
Foundation & Slab
Design
Gradation
Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution of
particle sizes in soil.
Soil
Classification
Liquid &
Pfastic Limit,
Plasticity
Used as an integral part of engineering classification systems
to characterize the fine-grained fraction of soils, and to
specify the fine-grained fraction of construction materials.
Soil
Classification
Index
Permeability
Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to ccnduct a
liquid or gas.
I Groundwater
Row Analysis
pH
Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a soil.
Corrosion
Potential
Resistivity
Used to indicate the relative ability of a soil medium to carry
electrical currents.
Corrosion
Potential
R-Value
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement
Thickness
Design
Soluble
Sulphate
Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble
sulfates within a soil mass.
Corrosion
Potential
Unconfined
Compression
To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils that
possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the
unconfined state.
Bearing Capacity
Analysis
for
Foundations
Water
Content
Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil
mass.
Index Property
Soil Behavior
rerracon
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Allowable Soil
The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the
Bearing Capacity
foundation element and the supporting material.
Alluvium
Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing
water and subsequently deposited by sedimentation.
Aggregate Base
A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath
Course
slabs or pavements.
Backfill
A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area.
Bedrock
A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent
cohesive forces. Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of
extraordinary force for excavation.
Bench
A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit.
Caisson (Drilled pier
A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an
or Shaft)
enlarged base. Sometimes referred to as a cast -in -place pier or drilled shaft.
Coefficient of
A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding
Friction
shear stress at which sliding starts between the two surfaces.
Colluvium
Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as
at the foot of a slope or cliff.
Compaction
The densification of a soil by means of mechanical manipulation.
Concrete Slab -on-
A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a bass, subbase or subgrade, and
Grade
typically used as a floor system.
Differential
Unequal settiement or heave between, or within foundation elements of a
Movement
structure.
Earth Pressure
The pressure or force exerted by soil on any boundary such as a foundation
w all.
ESAL
Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform
standard, (18,000 pound axle loads).
Engineered Fill
Specified material placed and compacted to specified density and/or moisture
conditions under observations of a representative of a geotechnical engineer.
Equivalent Fluid
A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure
against a lateral support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the
actual soil. This simplified approach is valid only when deformation conditions
are such that the pressure increases linearly with depth and the wall friction is
neglected.
Existing Fill (or
Materials deposited through the action of man prior to exploration of the site.
man-made fill)
Existing Grade
The ground surface at the time of field exploration.
Irerracon
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Expansive Potential The potential of a soil to expand (increase in volume) due to absorption of
moisture.
Finished Grade
The final grade created as a part of the project.
Footing
A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the
soil.
Foundation
The lower part of a structure that transmits the loads to the soil or bedrock.
Frost Depth
The depth of which the ground becomes frozen during the winter season.
Grade Beam
A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete,
used to span between other foundation elements such as drilled piers.
Groundwater
Subsurface water found in the zone of saturation of soils, or within fractures in
bedrock.
Heave
Upward movement.
Lithologic
The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and
rock by observation.
Native Grade
The naturally occuring ground surface.
Native Soil
Naturally occurring on -site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil.
Optimum Moisture The water content at which a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit
Content
weight by a given compactive effort.
Perched Water
Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water
elevation by the presence of an intervening relatively impervious continuing
stratum.
Scarify
To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure.
Settlement
Downward movement.
Skin Friction (Side
The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of structure
Shear)
such as a drilled pier or shaft.
Soil (earth)
Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced
by the physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may
not contain organic matter.
Strain
The change in length per unit of length in a given direction.
Stress
The force per unit area acting within a soil mass.
Strip
To remove from present location.
Subbase
A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and
base course.
Subgrade
The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement
system.
.lferracon
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Soil Classification
Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names
Using Laboratory Tests,
Group
Symbol
Group Name'
Coarse -Grained
Gravels more than
Clean Gravels Less
Soils more than
50% of coarse
than 5% finesc
Cu > 4 and 1 < Cc <3E
GW
Well -graded gravel'
50% retained on
fraction retained on
No. 200 sieve
No. 4 sieve
Cu < 4 and;or 1 > Cc > 3E
GP
Poorly graded gravel'
Gravels with Fines
more than 12% finesc
Fines classif, as ML or MH
GM
Silty gravel,G,H
Fines classify as CL or CH
GC
Clayey gravel' c.H
Sands 50% or more
Clean Sands Less
Cu > 6 and 1 < Cc < 3E
SW
Well -graded sand'
of coarse fraction
than 5% finesE
passes No. 4 sieve
Cu < 6 and -or 1 > Cc > 3E
SP
Poorly graded sand'
Sands with Fines
Fines classify as ML or MH
SM
Silty sand"'
more than 12% fines°
Fines Classify as CL or CH
SC
Clayey sand';-'-'
Fine -Grained Soils
Silts and Clays
inorganic
PI > 7 and plots on or above "A line'
CL
Lean clayK.L.M
50% or more
Liquid limit less
passes the
than 50
PI < 4 or plots below "A" line'
ML
SiltK,L,M
No. 200 sieve
organic
Liquid limit - oven dried
Organic clayK,L.M,N
< 0.75
OIL
Liquid limit - not dried
Organic siltK.L,M,o
Silts and Clays
Liquid limit 50
inorganic
PI plots on or above "A" line
CH
Fat clayl.L.M
or more
PI lots beicvv "A" line
MH Elastic SiltK.L.M
organic Liquid limit - oven dried
Organic clayKL•M"
< 0.75 OH
Liquid limit - not dried
Organic siltKL•M°
Highly organic soils _ _Primarily
organic matter, dark in color, and crganic odor
PT Peat
ABased on the material passing the 3-in.
Klf soil contains 15 to 29910 plus No. 200, add
(75-mm) sieve
'If
-Cu=D 1D Cc = o' `
60 1C
with sand" or "with gravel", whichever is
field sample contained cobbles or
° �5°
predominant.
boulders, or both, add "with cobbles or
Llf soil contains > 30% plus No. 200
boulders, or both" to group name.
predominantly sand, add "sandy" to group
`Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual
if soil contains > 159Jo sand, add "with
name.
symbols:
sand" to group name.
MY soil contains > 30916 plus No. 2CO3
GW-GM well -graded gravel with silt
'If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol
predominantly gravel, add "gravelly" to group
GW-GC well -graded gravel with clay
GC -GM, or SC-SM.
name.
GP -GM poorly graded gravel with silt
"If fines are organic, add "with organic fines"
"Pl > 4 and plots on or above "A" line.
GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay
to group name.
°PI < 4 or plots below "A" line.
°Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual
If soil contains > 15% gravel, add "with
"PI plots on or above "A" line.
symbols:
gravel" to group name.
GPI plots below "A" line.
SW-SM well -graded sand with silt
'If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is
SW -SC well -graded sand with clay
a CL-ML, silty clay.
SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt
SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay
�I �n•—groin •a sIF
._
= G M OR OH
-�� ML o.o OL
Herracon
Administeative Services
Purchasing Division
City of Fort Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 1
BID #5748
GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5748 GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK
OPENING DATE: November 25, 2002, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the
following changes are hereby made.
The pre -bid conference will be held November 12, 2002, in the Operations Services Main
Conference Room at 117 N. Mason, at 10:00a.m.. There will be a site visit afterwards so please
allow extra time.
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids
00100 Instruction to Bidders
00300 Bid Form
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Pages
00020-1 - 00020-2
00100-1 - 00100-9
00300-1 - 00300-3
00400-1
00410-1 - 00410-2
00420-1 - 00420-3
00430-1
00500
Agreement Forms
00500-1
00510
Notice of Award
00510-0
00520
Agreement
00520-1 - 00520-6
00530
Notice to Proceed
00530-1
00600
Bonds and Certificates
00600-1
00610
Performance Bond
00610-1 - 00610-2
00615
Payment Bond
00615-1 - 00615-2
00630
Certificate of Insurance
00630-1
00635
Certificate of Substantial Completion
00635-1
00640
Certificate of Final Acceptance
00640-1
00650
Lien Waiver Release(Contractor)
00650-1 - 00650-2
00660
Consent of Surety
00660-1
00670
Application for Exemption Certificate
00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC -A GC -All - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-3
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-2
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: November 1, 2002
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to
as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on
November 24, 2002, for the GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; Bid No. 5748. If delivered,
they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"d Floor, Fort Collins,
Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins,
CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly
received will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for the construction of a
greenhouse/administration building with adjacent parking lot and walkways. Site
work includes the relocation of an irrigation ditch, the installation of various
box culverts, construction of a trail along Spring Creek, and the construction of
a temporary turn -around and a section of new city street that connects with
Centre Avenue.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City
of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
Contract Documents will be available November 4, 2002.
Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and
Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd
floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Seventy-
five Dollars ($75.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at:
1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division.
2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado.
3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costilla Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO
4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado.
5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "E"/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will
be held at 1:00 p.m. on November 12, 2002, at 215 N. Mason St., lst. floor,
Community Room (Site Review to follow).
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid
proposal at this meeting.
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3
of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
B. All components of the pumping system shall be designed to function in an
outdoor environment exposed to all of the elements. Furnish protective
enclosures and covers as required for proper operation of the system.
C. Use a static lift of 10.0 feet when calculating the total dynamic head
(TDH) requirements of the pump system.
D. Construction shall include skid assembly to support all components
during shipping and to serve as the installed mounting base. Base shall
be of sufficient size and strength to resist twisting and bending from
hydraulic forces and support the full weight of pumps and motors.
E. The pump station and related equipment shall meet all the general and
technical specifications; shall be designed, fabricated and installed in a
workmanlike manner; and shall be delivered within the negotiated
schedule.
F. Provide a factory -trained technician to supervise the installation of the
pump station, pumps, and motors.
In addition to the time required for installation supervision, the technician
shall provide a minimum of 1 day of training for the Owner's staff in the
operation, maintenance, and programming of the pumping system.
G. All pump station components shall be supplied by and be the
responsibility of one manufacturer, even though others manufactured
some components.
H. Acceptable Manufacturers:
FLOWTRONEX PSI Ltd., 10717 Harry Lines Blvd., Dallas, Texas
75220, (214) 357-1320. Local Representative: Jay Folk,
Arapahoe Pumping Systems, P.O. Box 3482, Littleton, Colorado
80161.
2. SYNCHROFLO, 6700 Best Friend Rd., Norcross, Georgia, 30071,
(770) 447-4443. Local Representative: John Maclntyre, Munro
Supply, 1271 Elmwood Court, Colorado 80020, (303) 439-2600.
3. WATERTRONICS, 525 Industrial Drive, Hartland, Wisconsin
53029, (800)356-6686, (414)367-5000, F: (414) 367-5551. Local
Representative:Torian Roesch, District Manager, (303) 807-9386.
4. Owner's Representative Approved Equal.
2.04 PUMPS:
A. Furnish one main vertical turbine type pump, electric motor driven, 1800
nominal rpm, complete with the required length of threaded column
assembly, galvanized steel basket type suction strainer, and cast iron
discharge head.
specified in the Agreement.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and
obligations arising from the performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date
fixed for opening Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any
informalities and irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 50 of the total Bid must accompany
each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City
Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or
personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer
or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority
concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or
accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of
monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City
of Fort Collins is prohibited
City Qt Collins
Bycl_��74
James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
Purchasing/Risk Management Director
-r 6)L
6
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can
perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time
specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the
quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5)
the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial
resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials
and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder
to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the
contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's
performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work
so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be
accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair
his ability to perform or finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract
with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due —
to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to
(a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to
familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect
cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with
federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may
in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents,
and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification
of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of
this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing
and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract
Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of
the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to
7/96 Section 00100 Page 2
be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or
clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be
issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to
the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed
to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed
to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the
OWNER as having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in
the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be
in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a
Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a
surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such
Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract
security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful
Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required
contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul
the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited.
The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable
chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-
first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such
Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive
will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be
substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the
Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment
7/96 Section 00100 Page 3
described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is
indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or
used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer' until after the "effective
date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such
application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of
principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section -
00430 contained within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable
objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of
Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent
successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the -
contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons
or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written
objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor,
supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable
objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by
OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of
the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may _
be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for
submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on
the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words
will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the
president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by
evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and
attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address
and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 4
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and
signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the
official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the
joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name
of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid
Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda
(the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by
erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such
alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may
require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked
with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and
accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders
Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section
00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the
sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation
"BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time
and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any
extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date
for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full
responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt
of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and
will not receive consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under
different names will not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
7/96
Section 00100 Page 5
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly
executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the
place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of
Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an
authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority
at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the
receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts
of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after
the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the
Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and
return the Bid Security prior to that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any
and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to
negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to _.
disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids.
Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the. Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the —
Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any
other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum
thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the
Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,
and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the
Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for
those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by
OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance
requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials
7/96 Section 00100 Page 6
and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is
required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction
within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest
responsive and responsible Bidder whose it
by OWNER indicates to
OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award
shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The
basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the
case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful
Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the
Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder
delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by
the required Contract Security.
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be
accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within
fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the
required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to
OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER
shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate
identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included
in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary
Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 7
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid "
assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk
Management Division or the City Clerk's office. -"
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires
that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement
to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham
Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized
signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a
collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-
addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. _
Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after
the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
7/96 Section 00100 Page 8
SECTION 00300
B I D FORM
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; Bid No. 5748
Place CITY OF FORT COLLINS
Date DECEMBER 3, 2002
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated NOVEMBER 1, 2002
and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC, a **(Corporation,
** authorized to do business
in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything
required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the
construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal
is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other
person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in
pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation
to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed
Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of
which have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a standard Bid
bond in the sum of 5% (FIVE PERCENT). ($
in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and
Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance
Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the
award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid.
The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder
proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as
follows: HRH OF DENVER
455 SHERMAN, #390, DENVER, CO 80203
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with
their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned,
included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective
of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or
Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. 1
through 4
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
B. Bowl assemblies including the suction, intermediate, and discharge bowls
shall be furnished in cast iron, enamel lined with flanged connections.
Furnish bronze statically balanced impellers that are adjustable vertically
by an adjusting nut located at the top of the hollowshaft motor.
C. Pump efficiency shall be minimum 80 % at the specified operating point.
The performance curve of each pump selected shall be continuously
rising as the shutoff condition is approached. The impeller diameter
selected shall be less than the maximum diameter available.
D. Furnish each pump with a flanged, cast iron or fabricated steel discharge
head complete with a cast iron adjustable packing gland, gland plate,
grease seal, packing bushing, packing and water slinger. Provide a
continuous bypass flush line from the stuffing box of each pump to the
wet well.
E. All bowl bearings shall be constructed of bronze, all column bearings shall
be fluted rubber. Each pump shaft, column line shaft, and pump motor
shaft shall be turned, ground and polished 416 stainless steel sized to
transmit full nameplate HP of the motor. Minimum acceptable shaft size
is 1-inch.
F. All shaft couplings shall be threaded and machined from 300 series
stainless steel. Furnish two piece headshaft assembly. Each motor shaft
shall be removable and couple to the pump head shaft between the
bottom of the motor and the packing gland with sufficient clearance to
allow removal of the packing gland assembly without motor removal.
G. Furnish an overall pump length to within 12-inches of the bottom of the
wet well.
H. Furnish a pressure maintenance pump, multistage, submersible type,
well pump. Pump shall be equipped with a motor shroud for proper
cooling of submersible motor and stainless steel suction screen.
Furnish a pump with a Franklin submersible motor and Subtrol motor
protection controls. Pump furnished shall be a Goulds, Grundfos or
Owner's Representative approved equal.
2.05 MOTORS:
A. Each main pump motor shall be 1800-RPM nominal, squirrel cage
induction vertical hollow shaft type with a WP-1 enclosure and a 1.15
service factor. The temperature rise of the motor shall be to NEMA
Standard MG-1-12.42 for Class B or Class F insulation.
B. For less than 40 HP motors, furnish "High Efficiency / Energy Efficient"
US Electric motors Type AUE that are rated for continuous inverter duty
with variable frequency drive.
ADDRESS:
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
GARDENS OF SPRING CREEK
PHASE 1
TOTAL BASE BID /V'l1110A)
cs/, 05.700
ADD ALTERNATES
Item Description
LANDSCAPE
1. Planter Area C & D
2. Planter Area A & B
ARCHITECTURE
3. Entry Vestibule
4. Restroom Building
9. PRICES
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC .
CONTRACTOR
BY: ��----'
JEFF NADING/PR DENT
700 WEAVER PARK ROAD
LONGMONT, CO 80501
Price
S IT.?Ab e
w
$
$ �iI,-7og-
_r-144
W'(2111 `^ 1 K S4ODDOLLARS
e6�
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation,
shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover
the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid
or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement
or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed
twenty-five percent (250) of the total Agreement Price.
7/96 Section 00300 Page 2
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
DECEMBER 3, 2002
Signa ure E ADING Date
PRESIDENT
Title
•:
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is b cororation)
Attest;
ETARY
Address 700 WEAVER PARK ROAD
LONGMONT. CO 80501
Telephone 303-772-4051
7/96 Section 00300 Page 3
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430Schedule of Subcontractors
7/96 Section 00410 Page 1
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned
GOLDEN* as Principal, and HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorados as OWNER, in the sum of $Five Percent (5i)**for the payment of which, well and
truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and
assigns,.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has
submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby
made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of
Fort Collins Project, GARDENS ON SPRING CREEK; BID NO. 5748.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a
Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful
performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing
labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in
force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no
event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any
extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety
does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the
State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
* TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC., 700 Weaver Park Road, Longmont, Colorado 80501
** of the Total Amount of the Bid
7/96
Section 00410 Page 2
POWER OF ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD
HARTFORD PLAZA
Hartford Fire Insurance Company HARTFORD. CONNECTICUT061150
Twin City Fire Insurance Company
0 Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois 0
Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company
Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest
0 Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast a
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT the Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Hartford Accident and Indemnity
Company and Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut; Hartford
insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,
Twin City Fire Insurance Company and Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, corporations duly organized under the laws of the
State of Indiana; and Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida;
having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and
appoint, up to the amount of UNLIMITED:
COURTNEY T. PETERSON, LEON B. DARTOIS, JAMES S. ROSULEK, J. R. RICHARDS, DOUGLAS J.
ROTHEY, SUSAN J. LATTARULO, CYNTHIA M. BURNETT OF DENVER, COLORADO
their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies)
only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written
instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the
performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings
allowed by law.
In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on September 12th, 2000,
the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly
attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby
unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney.
��►V�""i'/
�r��_/ .• ,wA} i : 127 `lam_ot. �D 79
'etnois' �% .i�yrt
Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary John P. Hyland, Assistant Vice President
STATE OFICONNECT1CUT
Hartford
COUNTY OF HARTFORD �
On this 19'h day of September, 2000, before me personally came John P. Hyland, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did
depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies,
the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals
affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations
and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
hr�
Jean H. Wozniak
CERTIFICATE Notary Public
My Commission Expires June 30, 2004
I, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and
correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of November 25, 2002.
Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford.
yIIYI Icy IIY KY 4 ^`. �Ipy�
�..I 8 1'YI•T r V{n
Colleen Mastroianni, Assistant Vice President
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be
answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder: GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC .
2. Permanent main office address: 700 WEAVER PARK ROAD, LONGMONT, CO 80501
3. When organized: 1977
4. If a corporation, where incorporated: NOVEMBER 12, 1981, COLORADO
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your
present firm or trade name? 25
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and
the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
SEE ATTACHMENT "A".
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? NO
If so, where and why? NSA
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why? N/A
10. Are you debarred by any government agency? NO
If yes list agency name. N/A
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company,
stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed,
location and type of construction.
SEE ATTACHMENT "B".
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
SEE ATTACHMENT "C".
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this
project:
SEE ATTACHMENT "D".
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,
including officers:
SEE ATTACHED RESUMES.
15. Credit available: $ 2 MILLION.
16. Bank reference: 1ST BANK GREGG LEE 303-772-5500
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish
any other information that may be required by the OWNER?
YES.
18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? YES.
If yes, in what city, county and state? SEE ATTACHMENT "E" What
class, license and numbers? SFF ATTACHMENT "F"
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? YES
If yes, what percent of total contract? 85%
and to whom? SEE ATTACHED LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS—.,
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? NO
If
DETAIL N/A yes,
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
21. W 2tMIre t e SEEmA ACHEDyour ublic liability? DETAIL
CERTIFICATE) .
What company? f NA INS11RANCE COMPANIES
22. What are your company's bonding limitations? INDIVIDUAL = $15 MTLLIQN,
$85 MILLION TOTAL,
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications.
Dated at 3.00 PM this 3RD day of DECEMBER 20 02.
GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
Name of Bidder
By:
JE DING
Title: PE
NT
State of COLORADO
County of BOULDER
TUFF NADING being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
PRESIDENT of GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONSTRUCTION, INCand that
(name of organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this 3RD day of
DECEMBER 2002.
k
A-
tary Public
LYNX ,.J _ CLARK
ASSISTANT SECRETARY
My commission expires APRIL 21, 2006
7/96 Section 00420 Page 3
El
e
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors
performing over 200 of the contract.
ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR
SITE UTIL ITIiS MP CV&f•
!.-RNQSC.APIILI� U,t�'B+gN �o�.w�et- / V��'DS GAM�S�
SaoF,WC--3
PIPE 5PZ0K-U(Z
Paum1siwc-:>
1AvPC-
7/96
M ►ss►m,j
q?o, / —Plea
SJ D 3
r�i �BSeN l lcu � /� Mf�rtn��►1
C AAV,ee, DdNW", 8<vTr�c c
Section 00430 Page 1
Attachment "A"
Jobs In Progress
International Governor
Description:
Manufacturing Building
City:
Broomfield
Contract Amount:
$1,056,700
Project Size:
17,000 sf building with 43,000 sf site development
Completion Date:
November 2002
Percent Complete
93%
Architect:
Near Design and Planning, Inc.
Architect Phone:
303-451-1113
Owner:
Ankarlo Properties, LLC
Address:
3102 Rock Creek Drive
Broomfield, CO 80020
Owner Contact:
Dan Ankarlo
Phone:
303-464-0043
Canyon Gate Plaza
Description:
New Building and Renovation Mixed Use Office and Retail
City:
Boulder
Contract Amount:
$3,600,000
Project Size:
60,000 sf New and 17,500 sf Renovation
Completion Date:
December 2002
Percent Complete
75%
Architect:
Hartronft Fauri
Architect Phone:
303-673-9304
Owner:
Tebo/Della Cava Development
Address:
2418 30th Street
Boulder, CO 80301
Owner Contact:
Lou Della Cava
Phone:
303-447-0165
Sandstone Ranch Phase 2
Description:
140 Acre Site Development
City:
Longmont
Contract Amount:
$5,800,000
Project Size:
140 Acre Site Development and Civil Work
Completion Date:
March 2003
Percent Complete
79%
Architect:
Aller-Lingle Architects
Architect Phone:
970-223-1820
Owner:
City of Longmont
Address:
747 Coffman Street
Longmont, CO 80504
Owner Contact:
Paula Fitzgerald
Phone:
303-651-8448
Jobs In Progress Page -1-
C. Furnish motors of proper size to drive the pump at any point on its
operation curve without exceeding motor horsepower nameplate rating.
D. Furnish motor thrust bearings of ample capacity to accommodate the
weight of all rotating parts plus the hydraulic thrust of the pump at shutoff
conditions. Furnish motor bearings rated for a minimum service life not
less than five years continuous operation at the design rating point.
E. The pump shaft shall be connected to the motor by a bolted down
coupling at the top of each motor. All couplings shall be equipped with
non -reversing ratchets.
F. Furnish motors manufactured in the U.S.A.
2.06 PIPING:
A. Fabricated Piping: All fabricated piping shall conform to ASTM
specifications A53 for Grade B welded or seamless pipe. Piping 16" and
smaller shall be Schedule 40. All welding flanges shall be forged steel
with slip-on or welding neck type. All welding fittings shall be seamless,
conforming to ASTM Specification A234, with pressure rating not less that
150 psi. All pressurized tube fittings shall be copper or brass.
B. Winterization Connection: Provide 2-inch ball valve and capped threaded
nipple in pump system discharge manifold for compressed air
winterization of the irrigation system.
2.07 VALVES:
A. Air/Vacuum Release Valve:
Provide a continuous -acting, combination air release/vacuum
valve to release excess air from the pump discharge manifold.
The valve must be capable of releasing air during filling and pump
operation and also open in a vacuum condition to allow air to enter
the manifold when piping is drained. Valve shall have a cast iron
body rated for 300 PSI, stainless steel trim and float ball, Buna N
and viton seats.
2. In lieu of an air/vacuum release valve, provide an Owner's
Representative approved equal device to release air from the
system.
TCF National Bank - Parker
Description:
New Branch Bank Facility
City:
Parker
Contract Amount:
$920,000
Project Size:
4,600 sf
Completion Date:
November 2002
Percent Complete
98%
Architect:
SEM Architects
Architect Phone
303-220-8900
Owner:
TCF National Bank
Address:
9200 East Panorama Circle, Suite 110
Englewood, CO
Owner Contact:
Ron Miller
Phone:
303-858-8515
Educational Support Center
Description:
Interior Renovation and Improvement
City:
Denver
Contract Amount:
$4,841,000
Project Size:
400,000 sf
Completion Date:
June 2003
Percent Complete
38%
Architect:
Oz Architecture
Architect Phone
303-861-5704
Owner:
Adams 12 Five Star Schools
Address:
446 East 114th Avenue
Thornton, Colorado 80020
Owner Contact:
James Ellis
Phone:
720-872-4208
TCF National Bank - Colorado Springs
Description:
New Branch Bank Facility
City:
Colorado Springs
Contract Amount:
$970,000
Project Size:
4,600 sf
Completion Date:
December 2002
Percent Complete
84%
Architect:
SEM Architects
Architect Phone
303-220-8900
Owner:
TCF National Bank
Address:
9200 East Panorama Circle, Suite 110
Englewood, CO
Owner Contact:
Ron Miller
Phone:
303-858-8515
Jobs In Progress Page -2-
Fukaye Athletic Fields
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact
Phone:
Athletic Fields
Thornton
$2,557,652
25 Acre Park
November 2002
85%
Design Concepts CLA, Inc.
303-664-5301
City of Thornton
9500 Civic Center Drive
Thornton, Colorado 80229
Jim Jensen
303-538-7332
Westwood Family Health Center
Description:
New Medical Offices
City:
Denver
Contract Amount:
$2,250,000
Project Size:
12,000 sf
Completion Date:
April 2003
Percent Complete
12%
Architect:
Luis 0. Acosta Architects
Architect Phone
303-863-9080
Owner:
Denver Health and Hospital Authority
Address:
777 Bannock Street
Denver, CO 80204-4507
Owner Contact:
Kathy Buhrman
Phone:
303-436-6711
Colorado Marketplace Building No. 7
Description:
New Retail Building
City:
Thornton
Contract Amount:
$500,000
Project Size:
6,000 sf
Completion Date:
November 2002
Percent Complete
99%
Architect:
The Architect Studio
Architect Phone
970-482-8125
Owner:
Etkin Johnson Group
Address:
1512 Larimer Street, Ste. 325
Denver, CO 80202
Owner Contact:
Brian Smith
Phone:
303-629-5212
Jobs In Progress Page -3-
Johnstown Police Facility
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact:
Phone:
Waneka Marketplace
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact:
Phone:
Belle Creek Charter School
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Project Size:
Completion Date:
Percent Complete
Architect:
Architect Phone
Owner:
Address:
Owner's Representative:
Phone:
New Police Station
Johnstown
$1,490,400
9,900 sf
May 2003
18%
Durrant Architects
303-377-2900
Town of Johnstown
101 Charlotte
Johnstown, CO 80534
Roy Lauricello
970-587-4664
14.45 Acre Site Development and 2 New Retail Buildings
Lafayette
$4,705,920
27,950sf
March 2003
26%
Wong Stauch Architects
303-293-9206
Waneka Huckins Waneka, LLC
7916 Niwot Road, Suite 210
Niwot, CO 80503
Clancy Waneka
303-665-5717
New Charter School
Henderson
$5,672,000
58,942 sf
August 2003
6%
RTA
719-471-7566
Belle Creek Education Center
139 North Main Street
Brighton, CO 80601
James F. Holladay
303-432-0014
Jobs In Progress Page -4-
Attachment "B"
Regis University Student Housing
Description:
4 New Buildings
City:
Denver
Contract Amount:
$6,261,671
Project Size:
48,577 sf
Completion Date:
August 2002
Architect:
Sonderstom Architects
Architect Phone:
503-228-5617
Owner:
Regis University
Address:
3333 Regis Boulevard
Denver, Colorado
Owner Contact:
Michael Redmond
Phone:
303-458-4995
University of Colorado Farrand Hall
Description:
Dining Hall Renovation & Remodel
City:
Boulder
Contract Amount:
$ 5,414,700
Project Size:
30,000sf
Completion Date:
July 2002
Architect:
AR7 Hoover Desmond Architects
Architect Phone:
303-837-8811
Owner:
University of Colorado
Address:
Campus Box 53, Stadium Gate 7, Room 255
Boulder, CO 80309-0053
Owner Contact:
Bill Williams
Phone:
303-735-2516
Park Meadows Medical Office
Description:
Site Development and Core and Shell
City:
Lone Tree
Contract Amount:
$2,767,118
Project Size:
51,606
Completion Date:
May 2002
Architect:
RB+B Architecture
Architect Phone:
970-484-0117
Owner:
Park Meadows Medical Group
c/o O'Connor Development
Address:
6685 Gunpark Drive, Suite 210
Boulder, Colorado 80301
Owner Contact:
Terry O'Connor
Phone:
303-443-4575
St. Lukes Lofts
Description:
7 Story Loft - 41 units
City:
Denver
Contract Amount:
$8,533,613
Project Size:
87,650 sf
Completion Date:
April 2002
Architect:
Michael Murphy Architects
Architect Phone:
303-830-8068
Owner:
Fullerton Company
Address:
1117 Cherokee Street, Suite 310
Denver, Colorado 80204
Owner Contact:
Larry Fullerton
Phone:
303-571-5900
Girls Treatment Center
Description:
New Gym, Housing and Administration Buildings
City:
Lakewood
Contract Amount:
$ 5,247,528
Project Size:
35,000 sf
Completion Date:
March 2002
Architect:
RNL Design
Architect Phone:
303-295-1717
Owner:
State of Colorado
Address:
4132 South Julian Way
Denver, Colorado 80236
Owner Contact:
Chuck Gess
Phone:
303-866-7280
Creekside Office Court on Inverness
Description:
Sitework and Core and Shell for 7 New Buildings
City:
Englewood
Contract Amount:
$ 5,300,000
Project Size:
54,898 sf
Completion Date:
March 2002
Architect:
Eichstaedt Architects and Planners
Architect Phone:
805-965-6090
Owner:
Creekside II on Inverness, LLC
Address:
8000 East Prentice Avenue, Ste. A-5
Englewood, CO 80111
Owner Contact:
Tom Gutrich
Phone:
303-796-8280
Church Ranch Office Park Building No. 8 (4)
Description:
Core and Shell and Parking Garage
City:
Westminster
Contract Amount:
$ 8,437,079
Project Size:
122,823 sf Office Space / 30,565 sf Parking Garage
Completion Date:
August 2001
Architect:
SEM Architects
Owner:
Church Ranch Business Center/ Etkin -Johnson Group
Address:
10050 Old Wadsworth Blvd.
Westminster, CO
Etkin Johnson: 1512 Larimer St
Denver, CO 80202 303-629-5354
Owner Contact:
Charlie McKay/Gregg Bradbury
Etkin Johnson: Jim Vasbinder
Phone:
303-469-4293
Lafayette Corporate Campus Bldgs M1 & N1
Description:
Two New 2 story Office Buildings
City:
Lafayette
Contract Amount:
$ 8,065,263
Project Size:
160,000 sf
Completion Date:
November 2001
Architect:
M+O+A
Owner:
Etkin Johnson Group
Address:
1512 Larimer Street, Ste. 325
Denver, CO 80202
Owner Contact:
Jim Vasbinder
Phone:
303-629-5354
Eldora Mountain Resort
Description:
City:
Contract Amount:
Completion Date:
Architect:
Owner:
Address:
Owner Contact:
Phone:
Central Skiers Services Building
Nederland
$ 2,187,285
October 2001
Gates Hafen Cochrane Architects
Eldora, LLC
220 Ski Road 140
Nederland, Colorado 80466
Rick Gregorio
303-440-8700
Parkway Center North Buildings 4, 5 and 6
Description:
Core and Shell
City:
Highlands Ranch
Contract Amount:
$ 3,450,859
Completion Date:
December 2000
Owner:
GH5 Limited Liability Company
Address:
1331 17"' Street, #602
Denver, Colorado 80202
Owner Contact:
Steve Gittleman
Phone:
303-296-9392
CU Enviro Health and Safety Center
Description:
Expansion
City:
Boulder
Contract Amount:
$ 3,434,840
Project Size:
22,000 sf
Completion Date:
October 2000
Owner:
University of Colorado
Address:
Department of Facilities Management
Stadium Gate 7
Boulder CO 80309
Owner Contact:
Bill Williams
Phone:
303-735-2516
Church Ranch Office Park Building No. Two
Description:
New Office Building
City:
Westminster
Contract Amount:
$ 3,820,049
Project Size:
60,000 sf
Completion Date:
December 2000
Owner:
Church Ranch Business Center/ Etkin -Johnson Group
Address:
10050 Old Wadsworth Blvd.
Westminster, CO
Etkin Johnson: 1512 Larimer St
Denver, CO 80202 303-629-5354
Owner Contact:
Charlie McKay/Gregg Bradbury
Etkin Johnson: Jim Vasbinder
Phone:
303-469-4293
Church Ranch Office Center Building No. 2
Description:
Core and Shell
City:
Westminster
Contract Amount:
$ 1,920,793
Project Size:
46,400 sf
Completion Date:
October 2000
Owner:
Church Ranch Business Center/ Etkin -Johnson Group
Address:
10050 Old Wadsworth Blvd.
Westminster, CO
Etkin Johnson: 1512 Larimer St
Denver, CO 80202 303-629-5354
Owner Contact:
Charlie McKay/Gregg Bradbury
Etkin Johnson: Jim Vasbinder
Phone:
303-469-4293
Attachment "C"
Jobsite Trailer
Storage Containers
Skidsteer
Survey Equipment
Drills
Hammer Drills
Screw Guns
Saws
Sawzalls
Grinders
Stud Guns
Air Nailers
Compressors
Scaffolding
Vaccums
Temporary Power / Generators
Air Compressors
Pumps
Concrete Tools
Attachment "D"
River Run Elementary School
Description:
New Elementary School
City:
Henderson
Contract Amount:
$ 5,749,649
Project Size:
61,586 sf
Completion Date:
July 2002
Architect:
RTA, Inc.
Architect Phone:
719-471-7566
Owner:
Brighton School District 27J
Address:
630 South 8th Avenue
Boulder, Colorado 80301
Owner Contact:
Judy Nickelson
Phone:
303-655-2900
Roosevelt Park
Description:
Additions to 5 Buildings, Renovation to 23.78 Acre Park
City:
Longmont
Contract Amount:
$ 6,390,000
Project Size:
59,668 sf buildings, 23.78 acre park
Completion Date:
November 2001
Architect:
Pahl -Pahl -Pahl
Owner:
City of Longmont
Address:
350 Kimbark Street
Longmont, Colorado 80501
Owner Contact:
Karen Roney
Phone:
303-651-8633
Lafayette Corporate Campus
Description:
Site Development and Infrastructure
City:
Lafayette
Contract Amount:
$ 4,227,036
Project Size:
114 acres
Completion Date:
June2001
Architect:
M+O+A
Owner:
287 / 42 LLC, c/o Etkin Johnson
Address:
1512 Larimer Street, Suite 325
Denver, Colorado 80202
Owner Contact:
Jim Vasbinder
Phone:
303-629-5212